Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsComputer equipmentNetworking Z9500

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the Z9500 Switch

9.6(0.0)

Summary of content (1731 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the Z9500 Switch 9.6(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 42 Objectives............................................................................................................................................42 Audience..............................................................................................................................................43 Conventions...................................................................
PAGE 4
cam-acl............................................................................................................................................... 88 cam-audit linecard..............................................................................................................................90 clear alarms......................................................................................................................................... 90 clear line................................................
PAGE 5
show memory................................................................................................................................... 138 show processes cpu......................................................................................................................... 140 show processes ipc...........................................................................................................................143 show processes ipc flow-control.............................................
PAGE 6
show dot1x interface.........................................................................................................................195 6 Access Control Lists (ACL).............................................................................. 199 Commands Common to all ACL Types........................................................................................... 199 remark.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
mac access-group...................................................................................................................... 258 show mac access-lists................................................................................................................260 show mac accounting access-list.............................................................................................. 261 Standard MAC ACL Commands.................................................................................
PAGE 8
set metric.....................................................................................................................................307 set metric-type........................................................................................................................... 308 set next-hop................................................................................................................................309 set origin....................................................................
PAGE 9
bgp cluster-id..............................................................................................................................344 bgp confederation identifier.......................................................................................................345 bgp confederation peers............................................................................................................ 346 bgp dampening....................................................................................
PAGE 10
neighbor filter-list....................................................................................................................... 384 neighbor graceful-restart........................................................................................................... 385 neighbor local-as........................................................................................................................386 neighbor maximum-prefix...................................................................
PAGE 11
show ip bgp peer-group............................................................................................................ 439 show ip bgp regexp.....................................................................................................................441 show ip bgp summary................................................................................................................ 444 show running-config bgp...............................................................................
PAGE 12
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop..................................................................................................... 476 bgp regex-eval-optz-disable......................................................................................................477 bgp router-id...............................................................................................................................478 bgp soft-reconfig-backup...............................................................................
PAGE 13
neighbor route-map...................................................................................................................508 neighbor route-reflector-client................................................................................................. 509 neighbor send-community.........................................................................................................510 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.........................................................................
PAGE 14
CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................... 537 cam-acl (Configuration)............................................................................................................. 538 cam-acl-egress...........................................................................................................................539 cam-optimization..............................................................................
PAGE 15
show hardware layer3................................................................................................................ 600 show hardware system-flow......................................................................................................602 tcpdump......................................................................................................................................605 12 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)........................................
PAGE 16
show ip dhcp snooping.............................................................................................................. 635 13 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)..................................................................... 638 ecmp-group......................................................................................................................................638 hash-algorithm............................................................................................................
PAGE 17
disable................................................................................................................................................675 garp timers........................................................................................................................................ 676 gvrp enable........................................................................................................................................677 gvrp registration.....................................
PAGE 18
duplex (Management)..................................................................................................................712 flowcontrol.................................................................................................................................. 713 interface....................................................................................................................................... 715 interface loopback..............................................................
PAGE 19
interface port-channel................................................................................................................774 minimum-links............................................................................................................................ 776 port-channel failover-group.......................................................................................................776 show config.......................................................................................
PAGE 20
debug ip dhcp................................................................................................................................... 815 debug ip icmp................................................................................................................................... 816 debug ip packet.................................................................................................................................818 ip address........................................................
PAGE 21
deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs)................................................................................................ 877 deny tcp (for IPv6 ACLs)................................................................................................................... 878 deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs)..................................................................................................................880 ipv6 access-list...........................................................................
PAGE 22
advertise............................................................................................................................................ 926 area-password.................................................................................................................................. 927 clear config....................................................................................................................................... 928 clear isis................................................
PAGE 23
lsp-mtu..............................................................................................................................................966 lsp-refresh-interval........................................................................................................................... 967 max-area-addresses.........................................................................................................................968 max-lsp-lifetime....................................................
PAGE 24
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky....................................................................................1011 mac learning-limit station-move-violation..............................................................................1012 mac learning-limit reset............................................................................................................1013 show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static)............................................................................
PAGE 25
protocol lldp (Interface)............................................................................................................ 1051 show lldp neighbors..................................................................................................................1052 show lldp statistics.................................................................................................................... 1053 show management-interface....................................................................
PAGE 26
ip msdp mesh-group...................................................................................................................... 1087 ip msdp originator-id..................................................................................................................... 1088 ip msdp peer................................................................................................................................... 1089 ip msdp redistribute.........................................................
PAGE 27
description................................................................................................................................. 1127 distance......................................................................................................................................1128 distance ospf..............................................................................................................................1129 distribute-list in.........................................................
PAGE 28
show ip ospf database opaque-as............................................................................................ 1174 show ip ospf database opaque-link.......................................................................................... 1175 show ip ospf database router....................................................................................................1176 show ip ospf database summary............................................................................................
PAGE 29
33 Pay As You Grow ......................................................................................... 1229 install license................................................................................................................................... 1229 show license.................................................................................................................................... 1231 34 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM)....................................................................
PAGE 30
ipv6 pim register-filter...............................................................................................................1267 ipv6 pim rp-address.................................................................................................................. 1268 ipv6 pim rp-candidate.............................................................................................................. 1269 ipv6 pim sparse-mode............................................................................
PAGE 31
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan...........................................................................................1304 show interfaces private-vlan.......................................................................................................... 1306 show vlan private-vlan....................................................................................................................1307 switchport mode private-vlan......................................................................
PAGE 32
match ip vlan.............................................................................................................................1349 match mac access-group........................................................................................................ 1350 match mac dot1p.......................................................................................................................1351 match mac vlan....................................................................................
PAGE 33
description...................................................................................................................................... 1390 distance............................................................................................................................................1391 distribute-list in............................................................................................................................... 1392 distribute-list out......................................
PAGE 34
disable..............................................................................................................................................1433 forward-delay................................................................................................................................. 1434 hello-time........................................................................................................................................1435 max-age....................................................
PAGE 35
show privilege............................................................................................................................1475 show users.................................................................................................................................1476 timeout login response............................................................................................................. 1477 username................................................................................
PAGE 36
ip ssh password-authentication............................................................................................... 1510 ip ssh pub-key-file..................................................................................................................... 1511 ip ssh rekey ................................................................................................................................1512 ip ssh rhostsfile............................................................................
PAGE 37
show sflow...................................................................................................................................... 1550 show sflow linecard........................................................................................................................ 1552 47 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog............... 1554 SNMP Commands...........................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
show logging.............................................................................................................................1594 show logging auditlog.............................................................................................................. 1596 show logging driverlog............................................................................................................. 1596 show logging kernellog..........................................................................
PAGE 39
ntp disable....................................................................................................................................... 1639 ntp multicast client......................................................................................................................... 1640 ntp master ......................................................................................................................1641 ntp server............................................................
PAGE 40
55 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT)........................................................................ 1680 back-up destination....................................................................................................................... 1680 clear vlt statistics............................................................................................................................. 1681 delay-restore................................................................................................
PAGE 41
disable........................................................................................................................................ 1714 hold-time................................................................................................................................... 1714 preempt......................................................................................................................................1715 priority...............................................................
PAGE 42
1 About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 43
Audience This book is intended for system administrators who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks. This guide assumes that you are knowledgeable in Layer 2 and Layer 3 networking technologies. Conventions This book uses the following conventions to describe command syntax. Keyword Keywords are in Currier and must be entered in the CLI as listed. parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI.
PAGE 44
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. Dell Networking OS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 45
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, the system sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 46
default Set a command to its default default-vlan Change flooding on default vlan define Interface range macro definition dot1x Configure 802.
PAGE 47
router script service service-class based QoS/Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority priority queue switch Memory Limits mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group and configurations username authentication util-threshold configurations virtual-ip vlan-stack vlt wred-profile Enable a routing process Start or stop a script Service selected component Define service class to policy sFlow configuration Modify SNMP parameters Modify SNMP parameters Configure storm-control Configure a Q
PAGE 48
Key Combination Action CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-U Deletes the line. CNTL-W Deletes the previous word. CNTL-X Deletes the line. CNTL-Z Ends continuous scrolling of the command outputs. Esc B Moves the cursor back one word. Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word. Esc D Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the word.
PAGE 49
NOTE: You can enter a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: Dell#command | grep fortyGigE |except regularexpression | find regular-expression display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern.
PAGE 50
Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 or IPv6 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode. For more information, refer to Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4). To enter BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER BGP mode. 2. Enter the command address-family then the protocol type (ipv4 multicast or ipv6 unicast).
PAGE 51
DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), use DHCP mode. For more information, refer to Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). To enter DHCP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip dhcp server command. The prompt changes to include (config-dhcp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. DHCP POOL Mode To create an address pool, use DHCP POOL mode.
PAGE 52
When you are in EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the host name prompt, which is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command. NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode. If an administrator has configured an “Enable” password, you are prompted to enter it.
PAGE 53
2. Enter the interface command and then enter an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch. The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot/port number.
PAGE 54
2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-ifinterface-lldp). LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. For more information, refer to the Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) chapter in the Dell Networking Z9500 Configuration Guide. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to LLDP mode. 2.
PAGE 55
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (confmstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode To enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol, use PVST+ mode. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt.
PAGE 56
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, refer to GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 57
2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_bgp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode. For more information, refer to Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2). To enter ROUTER OSPF mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (confrouter_ospf-id).
PAGE 58
TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf-trace-acl). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. VRRP Mode To enable and configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use VRRP mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). To enter VRRP mode: 1.
PAGE 59
File Management 3 This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the Z9500 switch. boot system Specify the location where the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system is stored.
PAGE 60
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. To display these changes in the show bootvar command output, save the running configuration to the startup configuration (using the copy command) and reload system.
PAGE 61
CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command). restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults on a switch. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information restore factory-defaults {clear-all | nvram} factorydefaults Return the switch to its factory-default settings.
PAGE 62
Proceed with factory settings? Confirm [yes/no]:n show boot system Displays information about boot images currently stored on the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show boot system all all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs.
PAGE 63
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Z9500 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 64
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: • For internal flash, enter flash: • For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 65
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address shutdown Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show os-version [file-url] file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename.
PAGE 66
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell# show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : ------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime Z-Series: ZC 9.2(1.0B5) 99224598 Mar 15 2014 09:35:06 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : ----------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.2(1.0B5) CP passed runtime 9.2(1.0B5) LP passed runtime 9.2(1.
PAGE 67
show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 68
igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 69
File Management qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirectlist for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration s
PAGE 70
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 71
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 72
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show version Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: 9.2(1.0B5) Copyright (c) 1999-2013 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 73
Example Lines Beginning With Description Chassis Type: Chassis type (for example, E1200, E600, E600i, E300, C300, C150, S25, S50, S55, S60, S4810) Control Processor:... Control processor information and amount of memory on processor Route Processor 1:... Route processor 1 information and the amount of memory on that processor Route Processor 2:... Route processor 2 information and the amount of memory on that processor 128K bytes... Amount and type of memory on system 1 Route Processor...
PAGE 74
Parameters bootflashimage Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the GRUB bootloader image. bootselectorimage Enter the keyword bootselector-image to upgrade the BIOS system image. Use this option only with TAC supervision. system all Enter the keywords system all to upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image on all Z9500 CPUs: Control Processor, Route Processor, and line-card CPUs. booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade Z9500 CPUs using the currently loaded operating system (OS) image.
PAGE 75
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade. RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier (URI) must be enclosed in square brackets, [X:X:X:X::X]. For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets. Reload the system after executing this command.
PAGE 76
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z-Series.
PAGE 77
Related Commands • upgrade fpga-image system fpga booted — upgrades the FPGA devices in all Z9500 CPUs. upgrade fpga-image system cpld booted Use this command to upgrade the CPLD devices in the Z9500 Route Processor and Control Processor CPUs using the currently running Dell Networking operating-system image (and only when required by the upgrade procedure in the Z9500 release notes).
PAGE 78
************************************************************ Upgrade CPLD image for system [yes/no]: yes FPGA upgrade in progress!!! Please do NOT power off the unit !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Usage Information Do not restart the switch while an upgrade is progressing. Restarting the chassis during an upgrade may corrupt critical boot components.
PAGE 79
*************************************************************** ******** * Warning - Upgrading FPGA is inherently risky and should * * only be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may * * cause a board RMA.
PAGE 80
tftp: file-url Enter the keyword tftp: and specify the location of the image file in the format //host-ip/filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. flash: file-url Enter the keyword flash: and specify the location of the image file in the format //directory-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
PAGE 81
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!................................................... ............................................................... ............................................................... .............! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully.
PAGE 82
Example • verify md5 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file • verify sha256 flash://img-file Without Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin SHA256 hash for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin: e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e93 3 Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 83
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
PAGE 84
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 85
banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays. Example Dell(conf)#banner exec ? LINE c banner-text c, where 'c' is a delimiting character Dell(conf)#banner exec % Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'. This is the banner% Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started.
PAGE 86
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 87
This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%).
PAGE 88
banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays. Related Commands banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner login — sets a banner to display after successful login to the system. cam-acl Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 89
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 90
cam-audit linecard Enable audit of the IPv4 forwarding table on all line cards. Z9500 Syntax cam-audit linecard all ipv4-fib interval time-in-minutes Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable CAM audit on all line cards. ipv4-fib Enter the keyword ipv4-fib to designate the CAM audit on the IPv4 forwarding entries. interval timein-minutes Enter the keyword interval followed by the frequency in minutes of the CAM audit. Range: 5 to 1440 minutes (24 hours). Default: 60 minutes.
PAGE 91
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. This command clears alarms that are no longer active. If an alarm situation is still active, it is seen in the system output. clear line Reset a terminal line.
PAGE 92
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. clear trace Clear the software trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear trace software [rp | linecard slot-id] rp Enter the keyword rp to clear the software trace log from the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose software trace log you want to clear.
PAGE 93
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.
PAGE 94
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot).
PAGE 95
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters disable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1.
PAGE 96
do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. Z9500 Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 97
Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. Z9500 Syntax Parameters enable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 98
at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15. NOTE: If you are authorized for the EXEC Privilege mode by your role, you do not need to enter an enable password. Related Commands enable password — configures a password for the enable command and to access a privilege level. enable optic-info-update interval Enable polling intervals of optical information updates for simple network management protocol (SNMP).
PAGE 99
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Z9500 Syntax end Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 100
exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. Z9500 Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds.
PAGE 101
exit Return to the lower command mode. Z9500 Syntax exit Command Modes • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST Command History • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 102
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 102 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
PAGE 103
Related Commands ftp-server topdir — sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the E-Series. ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory.
PAGE 104
ftp-server username — sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections. ftp-server username Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. Z9500 Syntax ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password To delete a user name and its password, use the no ftp-server username username command. Parameters username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name.
PAGE 105
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Defaults Dell Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 106
ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp password [encryption-type] password To remove a password and return to the default setting, use the no ip ftp password [password] command. Parameters encryptiontype password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 107
ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number.
PAGE 108
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. Z9500 Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured.
PAGE 109
Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip http source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for HTTP connections. Z9500 Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 110
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 111
To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 112
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. Z9500 Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 113
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. Syntax Parameters line {aux 0 |console 0 | vty number [end-number]} aux 0 Enter the keyword aux 0 to configure the auxiliary terminal connection.
PAGE 114
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection. Related Commands access-class — restricts the incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL). password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. logging coredump server Configure the switch to move (upload) a core dump for an application or kernel crash to an external FTP server.
PAGE 115
Usage Information Version Description 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. The Z9500 supports full core dumps for kernel crashes. The kernel core dump applies to all Z9500 CPUs and is not enabled by default. To enable full kernel core dumps, enter the logging coredump command in global configuration mode. The kernel core dump is copied to the Control Processor (CP) core-dump directory: flash://CORE_DUMP_DIR/f10_cpu_timestamp.kcore.
PAGE 116
n)] [outgoing-interface] [pattern pattern] [sweep-min-size] [sweep-max-size] [sweep-interval] [ointerface (ip src-ipv4address) | interface] Parameters host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
PAGE 117
validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data. • Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No. outgoinginterface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-minsize Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. The range is from 52 to 15359 bytes.
PAGE 118
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.9.1.
PAGE 119
:: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] conditional nvram-cfgchange Reload if the condition is true.
PAGE 120
Usage Information If there is a change in the configuration, the system prompts you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command. Use the conditional parameter if any configuration changes made to the nvram, such as stack-group and fanout configurations, must be saved. send Send messages to one or all terminal line users.
PAGE 121
Usage Information Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date.
PAGE 122
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration.
PAGE 123
Examples Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 124
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 93 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on Z9500 line cards. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show asf linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 125
Unicast:100, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP1 --------------Received 62% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 Total packets: 500 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:500, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:500, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Received 37% traffic on TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 Total packets: 300 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:300, ARP:0, other:0 Unicast:300, Multicast:0, Broadcast:0 Processor : RP2 --------------No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging.
PAGE 126
Usage Information One trace log message is generated for each command. No password information is saved to this file. A command-history trace log is saved to a file after an RPM failover. Dell Networking TAC analyzes this file to help identify the root cause of an RPM failover.
PAGE 127
[11/20 21:17:36]: CMD-(CLI):[exit]by default from console [11/20 21:19:25]: CMD-(CLI):[show command-history]by default from console Dell# show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command.
PAGE 128
exit command usage:1 show command-tree command usage:9 count option usage: 3 show version command usage:1 ! Global configuration mode: aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: 1 tacacs+ option usage: 0 show console lp View the buffered boot-up log of a line card, Route Processor or Control Processor CPU, including background resets, calls, and initialization, on the console.
PAGE 129
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics.
PAGE 130
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces.
PAGE 131
all Enter the keyword all to display the interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards. Defaults Display interface statistics from all Z9500 CPUs. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 132
recvToNet rxError rxDatapathErr rxPkt(COS0) rxPkt(COS1) rxPkt(COS2) rxPkt(COS3) rxPkt(COS4) rxPkt(COS5) rxPkt(COS6) rxPkt(COS7) rxPkt(UNIT0) rxPkt(UNIT1) rxPkt(UNIT2) rxPkt(UNIT3) transmitted txRequested noTxDesc txError txReqTooLarge :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :0 txPkt(COS3) :0 txPkt(COS4) :0 txPkt(COS5) :0 txPkt(COS6) :0 txPkt(COS7) :0 txPkt(UNIT0) :0 txPkt(UNIT1) :0 txPkt(UNIT2) :0 txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB etherne
PAGE 133
0xb92f0000 0.01 0.00 0xb931a000 0.00 0.00 0xb93a3000 0.24 0.25 0xb93bd000 0.00 0.00 0xb93d1000 0.00 0.00 0xb9470000 7.09 6.28 0xb94c8000 37.86 43.13 0xb9560000 0.95 1.69 0xb99e0000 0.00 0.02 0xb957f000 4.50 4.16 0xb9594000 0.00 0.00 0xb95a8000 3.80 6.
PAGE 134
0 0 if6db 2000 Related Commands 0 0 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Z9500 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 134 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 135
show environment View system component status (for example, temperature or power). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show environment [fan | pem | thermal-sensors | all] fan Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the fan units. pem Enter the keyword all to display status information only on the power supplies and power usage. thermalsensors Enter the keyword all to display only temperatures and thresholds for the system and switching core, and port modules.
PAGE 136
(W) -------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down AC up 1376 0.0 0 1 up AC up 18848 666.0 0 2 down AC up 1312 0.0 0 3 up AC up 18880 643.
PAGE 137
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 138
2 20 2 24 APF12380010GM4 2 28 2 32 2 36 2 40 7503825H006J 2 44 Related Commands QSFP QSFP Yes Media not present 40GBASE-CR4-1M Yes Media not present Media not present Media not present 40GBASE-SR4 or accessible or accessible or accessible or accessible Media not present or accessible • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. • show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver.
PAGE 139
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the LP. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
PAGE 140
“Largest” displays the current largest available. This relates to the block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system. show processes cpu View information on CPU usage for processes running in the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show processes cpu [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id [0–2] | all}] [summary | details] cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp to view CPU usage for the Route Processor.
PAGE 141
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the following example, the CPU utilization for the last five seconds is 10%/0%. The first number (10%) is the CPU utilization for the last five seconds. The second number (0%) indicates the percent of CPU time spent at the interrupt level.
PAGE 142
0 KP 0x0000012e 10 1 0 evagt 0x0000012e 710 71 0 ipc 0x0000012e 90 9 0 sysReaper 0x0000012e 70 7 0 tme 0x0000012e 0 0 0 ttraceIpFlow 0x0000012e 0 0 0 linkscan_user_t 0x0000012e 310 31 0 tHeartbeat 0x0000012e 0 0 0 tDDB 0x0000012e 50 5 0 GC 0x0000012e 0 0 0 isrTask 0x0000012e 10 1 0 bshell_reaper_t 0x0000012e 0 0 0 tSysLog 0x0000012e 1170 117 0 tTimerTask 0x0000012e 29130 2913 0 tExcTask 0x0000012e 40 4 0 tLogTask 0x0000012e 9060 906 0 tUsrRoot ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu rp 142 10
PAGE 143
198 0 0 ---------- More ---------Example: show processes cpu summary 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 inetd Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min --------------------------------------CP 43% 42% 40% RP 0% 0% 0% show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes.
PAGE 144
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Important Points: • Example: show processes ipc send-stats Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
PAGE 145
SYSADMTSK: 1 -> SYSADMTSK: 0 21310 0 0 0 0 2251 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> STATMGR: 0 21310 0 0 0 0 2251 0 0 ACL: 0 -> UNKNOWN: 0 38997 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACL: 0 -> TME: 4 24999 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 ACL: 0 -> NMS:20 29588 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 RIP: 0 -> ERRHDLR: 1 35003 0 0 0 0 1 0 ---------- More ---------Example: show processes ipc recv-stats 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 0 Dell#show processes ipc recv-stats lp 2 IPC Receive Statistics on LP 2 Memory Used by Recv DB on this processor: 11172640 bytes SeqNo - Last successfull Guaranteed I
PAGE 146
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 146 129024 DNLDAGENT: 129024 SYSADMTSK: 129024 SYSADMTSK: 129024 PMMGR: 129024 PMMGR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 KPLR: 129024 TIMERMGR: 129024 DEBUGAGNT: 129024 DEBUGAGNT: 129024 F10STKMGR: 129024 F10STKMGR: 129024 ENVMGR: 129024 ACL: 184320 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL_AGENT: 129024 ACL_AGENT: 163840 IFAGT: 129024 IFAGT: 129024 RTM: 131072 RTM: 131072 FIBAGT: 129024 FIBAGT: 129024 FIBAGT: 129024 DIFFSERV: 184320 DIFFSERV: 12
PAGE 147
0 129024 1 ---------- More ---------- 0 0 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults show processes ipc flow-control [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | all}] cp Enter the keyword cp to view SWPQ statistics for the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to view SWPQ statistics for the Route Processor CPU. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view SWPQ statistics.
PAGE 148
Usage Information Field Description Source QID /Tx Process Source Service Identifier Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time Timeout Timeout count Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Available Retra Number of retries left Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example • The S
PAGE 149
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 9 9 60 IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 1 1 60 IFMGR0 IPSECMGR0 11 11 60 IFMGR0 DHCP0 11 11 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 36 36 60 IFMGR0 IFAGT3 2 2 60 IFAGT3 IFMGR0 1 1 60 IFMGR0 OFMGR0 21 21 60 IFMGR0 ACL0 14 14 60 IFMGR0 VRRP0 17 17 60 IFMGR0 PIM0 1 1 5 IFMGR0 MACMGR0 0 0 60 IFMGR0 L2PM0 40 40 60 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 67 67 60 IFMGR0 RTM0 11 11 60 IFMGR0 LLDP0 12 12 60 IFMGR0 MRTM0 10 10 60 IFMGR0 IPMGR1 33 33 60 IFMGR0 LACP0 23 23 60 PORTMIRR0 ACL_AGENT2 0 0 50 IFMGR0 IGM
PAGE 150
Command Modes Defaults Command History Usage Information 150 rp Enter the keyword rp to view memory usage for the Route Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU memory usage. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display memory usage on all line card CPUs. Enter linecard summary to display a summary of memory usage on all line card CPUs.
PAGE 151
show processes memory output Field Description Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the Control Processor. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted.
PAGE 152
19 mount_mfs 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 Example: show processes memory cp 520192 0 626688 0 0 0 233472 97353728 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 2310144 0 2310144 0 2301952 0 2297856 0 0 0 0 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory Total : 32039
PAGE 153
22 mount_mfs 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 0 Example: show processes memory lp all 0 5226496 58314752 0 520192 0 626688 0 233472 0 97353728 0 0 0 192 0 32 0 0 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2310144 2310144 2310144 2301952 2297856 0 0 0 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028
PAGE 154
mount_mfs 2310144 mount_mfs 2310144 mount_mfs 2310144 mount_mfs 2310144 sh 2301952 init 2297856 [system] 0 tme 433054 ipc 33036 timerMgr 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 count 33036 tFib4 2016720 aclAgent 1490790 ifagt_1 202348 dsagt 1325606 MacAgent 301474 fib6 1654292 ofagt 367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 334400 Example: show processes memory rp 52310016 5226496 61145088 503808 626688 233472 433054 433054 33036 0 66072 0 33036 0 33036 0 2016720 2016720 1490790 1490790 202348 202348 1325606 1325606 301474 301
PAGE 155
3109852 0 434 igmp 925008 0 429 ipm1 396432 0 170 mrtm 1127350 0 294 l2mgr 1226308 32948 98 l2pm 1120232 433430 389 arpm 301456 0 367 lacp 598792 0 349 tnlmgr 466666 0 329 otm 363396 0 333 dsm 1094262 0 323 rtm 3109744 0 315 rip 198216 0 309 acl 1259692 0 302 sysd 965786 0 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 3109852 5824512 925008 5255168 396432 10838016 1127350 18231296 1226308 4980736 400482 4644864 301456 5390336 598792 4554752 466666 471
PAGE 156
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients. ifagt number Enter the keyword ifagt then the number of an interface agent to display software pipe and IPC statistics. ifcb interface Enter the keyword ifcb then one of the following interface IDs then the slot/port information to display interface control block information for that interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 157
PIM 0 0x000000f3 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 IGMP 0 0x000e027f 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 SNMP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800302c0 0x00000002 EVTTERM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800002c0 0x00000000 MRTM 0 0x00000000 0x00000200 0x81f7103f 0x00000000 DSM 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x80771003 0x00000000 LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 V6RAD 0 0x00000433 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Unidentified Client0 0x006e0002 0x00000000 0x000000
PAGE 158
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 The brief parameter no longer displays the current Reload mode. To display Reload mode, use the show reloadtype command.
PAGE 159
Speed in RPM Dell# Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show hardware – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics about a switch component. show trace View results of trace operations on the switch or a specified lien card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show trace [linecard slot-id | rp] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support.
PAGE 160
[9/3 5:18:33] SYS-(tUsrRoot):Binding L2 Loop Back Protocol to ENDs. [9/3 5:18:33] SYS-(tUsrRoot):After HWInit().
PAGE 161
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to troubleshoot switch operation. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show tech-support [linecard slot-id | page] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to collect information for tech support. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to collect troubleshooting information on all line cards.
PAGE 162
Example • show clock • show environment • show file • show interfaces • show inventory • show ip protocols • show ip route summary • show processes cpu • show processes memory • show redundancy • show running-conf • show version Dell# show tech-support linecard 1 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Force10 Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 2.
PAGE 163
Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0C ok Rev N/A N/A N/A N/A enabled 74:86:7a:ff:6f:06 3 ----------------------------------- show environmemt linecardvoltage ------------ linecard Voltage -Slot Status Voltage 1.25V 1.5V 2.5V 3.3V -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 ok 0.00V 0.00V 0.00V 0.
PAGE 164
0 433054 tme ipc 33036 timerMgr 66072 sysAdmTsk 33036 count 33036 tFib4 11472796 aclAgent 1490790 ifagt_1 202348 dsagt 1325606 fib6 10945628 MacAgent 499162 ofagt 367522 tnlagt 165180 frrpagt 466192 bfdaTaskMai 202348 Dell(conf)# Related Commands 433054 93728768 0 33036 0 66072 0 33036 0 33036 33036 11472796 11472796 1490790 1490790 202348 202348 1325606 1325606 10945628 10945628 499162 499162 367522 367522 165180 165180 466192 466192 202348 202348 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 165
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50. Usage Information Use the show util-threshold cpu command to display the CPU utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps. When Z9500 CPUs exceed the configured time to process packets or data, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap.
PAGE 166
Usage Information Use the show util-threshold memory command to display the memory utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps. When Z9500 CPUs exceed the configured (high or low) memory percentage to process packets or data, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. To reconfigure the currently configured values, use the util-threshold memory command.
PAGE 167
Usage Information Use the system location-led command to locate the chassis and (optionally) a port on the I/O side of the Z9500 chassis. The location LED setting is not saved through power cycles. telnet Connect through Telnet to a server. The Telnet client and server in the Dell Networking OS support IPv4 and IPv6 connections. You can establish a Telnet session directly to the router or a connection can be initiated from the router.
PAGE 168
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 169
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 170
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.
PAGE 171
ms 000.000 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
PAGE 172
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a Z9500 CPU. Z9500 Syntax Parameters upload trace-log {rp | linecard slot-id} {cmd-history | hwtrace | sw-trace} rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 173
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps.
PAGE 174
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell(conf)# util-threshold cpu 5sec cp high 50 In this example, the low threshold value is not specified so it will take the value set for the high threshold value. In all other cases, the low threshold value must be equal to or less than that of the high threshold value. Usage Information When the total CPU utilization exceeds the configured threshold for the specified time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap.
PAGE 175
{{high | low} cpu-utilizationthresholdpercentage} Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the percentage of memory a Z9500 CPU can use. The percentage of memory utilization ranges from 0 to 100. NOTE: A threshold level of 0 will disable Syslog and SNMP traps. Default Command Mode Command History • High threshold: 92% • Low threshold: 82% CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 176
To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address of the active management interface, in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 177
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Z9500 Syntax Parameters write {memory | terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 178
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 179
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 180
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 181
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 182
Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command). In MAB-only authentication mode, a port authenticates using the host MAC address even though 802.1xauthentication is enabled. If the MAB-only authentication fails, the host is placed in the guest VLAN (if configured).
PAGE 183
Related Commands dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. Z9500 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 184
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 185
dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 186
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. Z9500 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 187
Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.
PAGE 188
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 189
Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60.
PAGE 190
To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour). Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 191
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 192
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 193
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Z9500 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command.
PAGE 194
show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show dot1x cos-mapping interface interface [mac-address macaddress] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 195
---------------------------------Dot1p Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 196
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and SSeries. 7.6.1.
PAGE 197
Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable NONE Disable NONE NONE Enable Disable 5 seconds 60 seconds 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell#
PAGE 198
Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:15 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 198 AUTHORIZED(GUEST-VLAN) 100 Authenticated Idle 802.
PAGE 199
Access Control Lists (ACL) 6 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the Z9500 switch.
PAGE 200
Parameters remarknumber Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 201
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Z9500 Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • • • • CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-IP ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 202
NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Z9500 Syntax clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 203
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
PAGE 204
• Related Commands on a Layer 3 port or on a Layer 2/Layer 3 port ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. ip access-list extended — configures an extended ACL. ip control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv4 CPU traffic. Z9500 Syntax ip control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 205
• in | out For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Identify whether ACL is applied on the ingress or egress side. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 206
Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 207
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 208
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 209
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 210
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 210 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 211
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 212
Related Commands deny — Assigns a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. ip access-list standard — creates a standard ACL. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries in an existing ACL. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Stepto-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the accesslist type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured ACL.
PAGE 213
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Related Commands resequence prefix-list ipv4 — resequences a prefix list.
PAGE 214
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list.
PAGE 215
dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 216
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 217
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The Z9500 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 218
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 219
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 220
• Parameters Use the no deny icmp {source–ip—address mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source-ipaddress Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
PAGE 221
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 222
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated host-precedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-tosunreachable Host unreachable for TOS host-unknown Host unknown host-unreachable Host unreachable information-reply Information replies informationrequest Information requests mask-reply Mask replies mask-request Mask requests
PAGE 223
ICMP Message Type Keywords ICMP Message Type Name protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassemblytimeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements router-solicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp requests traceroute Traceroute ttl-exceeded TTL exceeded unreachable
PAGE 224
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 225
bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 226
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide.
PAGE 227
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 228
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 229
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 230
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 231
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the Z9500, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the Z9500 Configuration Guide.
PAGE 232
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 233
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
PAGE 234
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. Z9500 Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 234 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 235
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 236
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 237
operator port port (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 238
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 239
range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
PAGE 240
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 241
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 242
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 243
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-listname Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 244
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Z9500 Syntax Parameters seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 245
port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • • • • 23 = Telnet 20 and 21 = FTP 25 = SMTP 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type.
PAGE 246
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 247
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the Z9500 Configuration Guide. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 248
Term heading Description heading Usage Information You can configure up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at a time on the switch. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter ACL VLAN Group configuration mode. To avoid the problem of excessive consumption of CAM area, you can configure ACL VLAN groups that combines all the VLANs that are applied with the same ACL in a single group.
PAGE 249
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. The VLAN ContentAware Processor (VCAP) application is a pre-ingress CAP that modifies the VLAN settings before packets are forwarded. To support the ACL CAM optimization functionality, the CAM carving feature is enhanced.
PAGE 250
implicit-permit Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). Default None Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000.
PAGE 251
apply an ACL separately on the VLAN interface, each ACL has a mapping with the VLAN and increased CAM space utilization occurs. Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACLVLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality. show acl-vlan-group Display the configured ACL VLAN groups on the switch. Syntax Parameters show acl-vlan-group {group-name | detail} group-name Display the configuration of an ACL VLAN group.
PAGE 252
Group Name : TestGroupSeventeenTwenty Egress IP Acl : SpecialAccessOnlyExpertsAllowed Vlan Members : 100,200,300 Group Name : CustomerNumberIdentificationEleven Egress IP Acl : AnyEmployeeCustomerElevenGrantedAccess Vlan Members : 2-10,99 Group Name : HostGroup Egress IP Acl : Group5 Vlan Members : 1,1000 show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow.
PAGE 253
Example Field Description Current Settings(in block sizes) Information about the number of FP blocks that are currently in use or allocated. VlanOpenFlow Number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations. VlanIscsi Number of FP blocks for VLAN internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) counters. VlanHp Number of FP blocks for VLAN high performance processes. VlanFcoe Number of FP blocks for VLAN Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) operations.
PAGE 254
switch Command Modes Command History Usage Information • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.5. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: • L3AclCam • L2AclCam • V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command.
PAGE 255
| 2833 | | 1024 | | 9215 | | 8192 | | 1024 | | 0 | | 0 | | 0 | | 0 | | 1024 | | 1024 | | 0 1 | 1 | 320 | | 31632 | | 12286 | | 262127 | | 2834 --More-- Example 2 Example 3 | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | IN-V6 FIB | 0 | 0 | IN-V6-SysFlow | 0 | 0 | IN-V6-McastFib | 0 | 0 | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 1024 | 0 | OUT-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 320 |
PAGE 256
| IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 | IN-L3 ACL | 8192 | 3 | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | 1 | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 0 | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 11 | 0 | I
PAGE 257
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show running-config acl-vlan-group option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated.
PAGE 258
Parameters mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 259
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 260
show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface interface] [in | out] access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 261
show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: in | out • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel and then enter a number.
PAGE 262
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The ACL hit counters in this command increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule.
PAGE 263
• Parameters Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-addressmask} command. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match).
PAGE 264
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 265
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 266
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 267
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 268
deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 269
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 270
deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype-operator] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 271
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 272
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 273
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 274
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 275
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 276
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 277
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. macdestinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
PAGE 278
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 279
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 280
Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 281
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. Z9500 Syntax ip prefix-list prefix-name To delete a prefix list, use the no ip prefix-list prefix-name command. Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 282
permit Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. Z9500 Syntax permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a forward filter, use the no permit ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 283
seq — configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. Z9500 Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le maxprefix-length}] | [bitmask number].
PAGE 284
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets.
PAGE 285
Example Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 286
seq 7 deny 200.200.2.0/24 (hit count: 1) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 132) Dell# show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip prefix-list summary [prefix-name] prefix-name • • (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 287
count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 ip prefix-list test6: count: 1, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 5 Dell# Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map.
PAGE 288
executes only after a successful match occurs. If there are no successful matches, the continue feature is ignored. Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match.
PAGE 289
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 290
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set as-path — adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 291
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip community-list — configures an Community Access list. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community — sends COMMUNITY attribute to peer or peer group. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command.
PAGE 292
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 293
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 294
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 295
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.
PAGE 296
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 297
igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking TOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 298
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 299
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 300
Defaults permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured.
PAGE 301
set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 302
show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists. set automatic-tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 303
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. Z9500 Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters communitylist-name Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 304
Related Commands ip community-list — configures community access list. match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. Z9500 Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | noexport | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command.
PAGE 305
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
PAGE 306
level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 307
Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 308
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 309
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 310
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 311
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 312
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 313
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero. show config Display the current route map configuration.
PAGE 314
show route-map Display the current route map configurations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 315
AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip as-path access-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 316
show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. Z9500 Syntax show ip as-path-access-lists Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 317
ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. Z9500 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 318
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 318 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 319
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietfbfd-base-03.
PAGE 320
The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 320 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.
PAGE 321
You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands show bfd neighbors — displays BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. neighbor bfd disable — explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. Z9500 Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default.
PAGE 322
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. Z9500 Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.
PAGE 323
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 324
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 325
Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state. Peer routers might take corrective action by choosing alternative paths for the routes that originally pointed to this router.
PAGE 326
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 327
The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810.
PAGE 328
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 329
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 330
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface [detail] interface detail Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S8410, the range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 331
Example Dell#show bfd neighbors * - Active session role Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.1 Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Example (Detail) Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Related Commands bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces.
PAGE 332
To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface. neighbor ipaddress Enter the IP address of the BFD neighbor. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is 50 to 1000.
PAGE 333
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP. If a neighboring interface fails, the BFD agent on the line card notifies the BFD manager, which in turn notifies the VRRP protocol that a link state change occurred.
PAGE 334
Border Gateway Protocol 8 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 335
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.
PAGE 336
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY • ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 337
bgp add-path Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones. Z9500 Syntax Parameters bgp add-path [send | receive | both] path-count send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers.
PAGE 338
Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 339
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes 8.2.1.0 Introduced Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-assupportcommand. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration.
PAGE 340
To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 341
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows loadsharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for loadsharing.
PAGE 342
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over paths with an advertised MED attribute. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-asbest command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 343
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 344
Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands bgp cluster-id — assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 345
The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation.
PAGE 346
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute. The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ.
PAGE 347
Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration.
PAGE 348
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. • • ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 349
the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 350
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
PAGE 351
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Z9500 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command.
PAGE 352
Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295. Both formats are accepted and the advertisements reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2 byte or 4-byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. bgp graceful-restart To support graceful restart as a receiver only, enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router.
PAGE 353
Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets.
PAGE 354
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Z9500 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 355
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 356
bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 357
Area 51 Routing for Networks 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands show ip protocols — views information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the E-Series.
PAGE 358
Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. Z9500 Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 359
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. Z9500 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgppdu neighbor ipv4-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 360
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Set the size of the BGP packet capture buffer. This buffer size pertains to both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. Z9500 Syntax Parameters capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 100-102400000 100-10240000 0 Enter a size for the capture buffer. Defaults 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 361
as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset all prefixes from that neighbor. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword flap-statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that neighbor.
PAGE 362
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. bgp soft-reconfig-backup — turns on BGP Soft Reconfiguration.
PAGE 363
Usage Information After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 364
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show debugging — views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics — views the BGP flap statistics.
PAGE 365
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug.
PAGE 366
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 367
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events.
PAGE 368
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages.
PAGE 369
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 370
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} softreconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 371
Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out] command. Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors.
PAGE 372
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Z9500 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 373
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 374
Defaults internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. local-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200. • • • external-distance = 20 internal-distance = 200 local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 375
ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 376
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 377
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 378
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command.
PAGE 379
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 380
To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 381
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 382
out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 383
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 384
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address.
PAGE 385
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER BGP • ROUTER BGP-address-family This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.
PAGE 386
role receiveronly Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 387
no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 388
warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If this parameter is not set, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 389
peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command.
PAGE 390
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
PAGE 391
peer-groupname Enter the name of a configured peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 392
show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 393
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Z9500 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 394
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 395
bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers.
PAGE 396
Private AS numbers are from 64512 to 65535 (2 byte). neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 397
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 398
Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed. The first time you enter this command, the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route-reflector cluster.
PAGE 399
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To configure a COMMUNITY attribute, use the set community command in ROUTE-MAP mode. Before using this command, you must execute the clear ip bgp command. neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 400
Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shut down, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands show ip bgp summary — displays the current BGP configuration.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation. The entire BGP update database from the neighbor is stored in memory regardless of the inbound policy results applied on the neighbor.
PAGE 402
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} timers command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 403
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with any other command.
PAGE 404
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path.
PAGE 405
Usage Information In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command. Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria.
PAGE 406
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 407
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 408
• set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 409
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
PAGE 410
apply outbound to an EBGP peer/peer-group, the advertised routes corresponding to those peer/peer-groups have the IGP cost set as MED. When you enter the redistribute isis process-id command without any other parameters, the system redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. RFC does not support this feature. router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode.
PAGE 411
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 412
14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 413
show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] [network [network-mask] [longerprefixes]] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 414
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 415
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. The range is 1 — 4294967295. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 416
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP table version is 64444683, local router ID is 120.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * I 10.10.10.1/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.19.75.5/32 * I *>I * I * I * I * I 10.30.1.
PAGE 417
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT.
PAGE 418
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 419
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list (maximum 140 characters). exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities.
PAGE 420
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp community-list pass BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 10.101.15.
PAGE 421
Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell>show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 422
Example Dell#show ip bgp detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 74857 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 : NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 : NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 : NdLocCBP 0x41a6f00
PAGE 423
Nbr List Confed Peer List Address Family specific Information AFIndex 0 NdSpFlag 0x41a190b0 : AFRttP 0x41a0d200 : NdRTMMkrP 0x41a19d28 : NdRTMAFTblVer 0 : NdRibCtxAddr 1101110688 NdRibCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAFPrefix 0 : NdAfNLRIP 0 : NdAFNLRILen 0 : NdAFWPtrP 0 NdAFWLen 0 : NdAfNH : NdAFRedRttP 0x41a0d400 : NdRecCtxAdd 1101110868 NdRedCtxAddrLen 255 : NdAfRedMkrP 0x41a19e88 : AFAggRttP 0x41a0d600 : AfAggCtxAddr 1101111028 : AfAggrCtxAddrLen 255 AfNumAggrPfx 0 : AfNumAggrASSet 0 : AfNumSuppmap 0 : AfNumAggrValid
PAGE 424
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 425
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
PAGE 426
* I * I Dell# 192.100.9.2 192.100.10.2 20000 20000 9999 9999 0 ? 0 ? show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 427
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 428
show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 429
redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 80 i * 80 i * 80 i *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 7018 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
PAGE 430
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. receivedroutes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
PAGE 431
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
PAGE 432
The Lines Beginning with: Description Prefix advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected, and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table. Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information. Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session.
PAGE 433
GRACEFUL_RESTART(64) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Route map for incoming advertisements is test Maximum prefix set to 4 with threshold 75 For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP table version 34, neighbor version 34 5 accepted prefixes consume 20 bytes Prefix advertised 0, denied 4, withdrawn 0 Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:18:21, due to Maximum prefix limit reached Example (Adve
PAGE 434
valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network D 70.70.21.0/24 D 70.70.22.0/24 D 70.70.23.0/24 D 70.70.24.0/24 Dell# Related Commands Next Hop 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 ? ? ? ? show ip bgp — views the current BGP routing table.
PAGE 435
Example Field Description Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Time Elapsed Displays the time elapsed since the next hop was learned. If the route is down, this field displays time elapsed since the route went down. Dell>show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Via Elapsed 63.114.8.33 63.
PAGE 436
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 436 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 437
0x1efe7adc 0x1efe7e9c 0x1efe7b9c Dell# 883 983 1003 2 10000 6 120 0 i 33 ? i show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 438
0x1ea3c1b4 0x1ea3c304 0x1ea3c10c 0x1ea3c144 0x1ea3c17c 0x1ea3c2cc 0x1ea3c09c 0x1ea3c0d4 0x1ea3c224 0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c Dell# 507 507 763 763 763 763 764 764 1019 1019 1021 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 13 33 {92 93} {102 103} 12 32 {72 73} {82 83} 43 23 show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths community Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 439
Example Field Description Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path.
PAGE 440
peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in the show ip bgp summary command. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 441
Example Line beginning with: Description Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, an * is displayed next to the IP address.
PAGE 442
Parameters regularexpression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
PAGE 443
Example (S4810) Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table. Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight Path Lists all the AS paths the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 444
show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 444 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 445
Field Description BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor.
PAGE 446
Field Description states and clearing the routes received, the phrase (Purging) may appear in this column. If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example (S4810) Dell#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 120.10.10.
PAGE 447
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 448
MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). MBGP on the Dell Networking OS is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support Z9500 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv6 TeraScale and C-Series 7.8.1.0, MBGP for S-Series IPv4 Multicast Only 8.2.1.
PAGE 449
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. Z9500 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
PAGE 450
The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active).
PAGE 451
Example Dell>show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.2 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path Dell> BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute.
PAGE 452
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 453
Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Example Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#deny regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# Related Commands permit regex — permits a community using a regular expression. description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters).
PAGE 454
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 455
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Like standard communities, you can use extended communities in the route-map to match the attribute. Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit To add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo), use this feature.
PAGE 456
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. deny — configures to delete (deny) rules. show ip bgp extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list. permit regex This feature allows you specify an extended community to forward (permit) using a regular expression (regex).
PAGE 457
Related Commands deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [nontrans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 458
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: • If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. • If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. • If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 459
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 460
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 461
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 462
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 463
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 464
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 6.5.1.0 Introduced Enter ipv6unicast to enter the BGP for IPv6 mode (CONF-ROUTER_BGPv6_AF). address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Z9500 Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command.
PAGE 465
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map followed by the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route.
PAGE 466
If the route is injected via the network command, that route still appears in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregateaddress command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command. In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column.
PAGE 467
Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations.
PAGE 468
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. Z9500 Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-asbest command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 469
Usage Information Related Commands Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. • bgp cluster-id – assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. • neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Z9500 Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 470
bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Z9500 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Enter the AS number. The range is 1 to 65535. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 471
half-life period expires. The range is 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes. reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is less than the reuse value, the flapping route is once again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value.
PAGE 472
Parameters value Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 473
Related Commands • show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. • show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. Z9500 Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 474
Usage Information Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-Byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-Byte router or a 4-Byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format.
PAGE 475
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets.
PAGE 476
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In non-deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to the system choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths.
PAGE 477
The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent. Execute the clear ip bgp command right after executing this command. Related Commands clear ip bgp bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. Z9500 Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 478
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Z9500 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 479
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated.
PAGE 480
Related Commands • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. Z9500 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv6 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgppdu neighbor ipv6-address command.
PAGE 481
Parameters ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP. Used without a qualifier, the keyword resets all neighbors belonging to that IP. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that IP. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family.
PAGE 482
Parameters * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family. ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv6 address family. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration.
PAGE 483
Command Modes Command History ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family. unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to select the unicast option within the selected address family. multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only.
PAGE 484
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced After you enter this command, the software deletes history routes and returns suppressed routes to active state. clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
PAGE 485
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information If you enter clear ip bgp flap-statistics without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics – views BGP flap statistics. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions.
PAGE 486
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 487
Command Modes Command History • ^ (caret) matches the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ (dollar sign) matches the end of the output string. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages.
PAGE 488
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes.
PAGE 489
Parameters Command Modes Command History peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer-group. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 490
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates. Z9500 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6address prefix-length updates [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 491
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 492
out Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 493
description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 494
Command Modes Command History • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies.
PAGE 495
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ipv6 prefix-list — View the selected IPv6 prefix-list. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes.
PAGE 496
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Identify a peer group by name. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the identified neighbor or peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.
PAGE 497
Defaults Command Modes Command History • seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) • seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path.
PAGE 498
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 499
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 500
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include the neighbor filter-list and neighbor route-map commands. Related Commands • neighbor filter-list – assigns a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. • neighbor route-map – assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 501
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the name of the peer group. Version Description 9.
PAGE 502
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list. If you do not configure the AS-PATH access list, the default is permit (to allow routes). The maximum is 16 characters. in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound BGP routes.
PAGE 503
this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If you do not set this parameter, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 504
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group.
PAGE 505
• neighbor advertisement-interval • neighbor distribute-list • neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client • neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it.
PAGE 506
Related Commands • neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. • neighbor remote-as – assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. • neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one.
PAGE 507
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 508
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Applies to EBGP neighbors only. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
PAGE 509
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
PAGE 510
Usage Information The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector. When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 511
Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 512
mask Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x). Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} shutdown command.
PAGE 513
specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands • show ip bgp summary – displays the current BGP configuration. • show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 514
When two neighbors, configured with different keepalive and holdtime values, negotiate for new values, the resulting values are as follows: • the lower of the holdtime values is the new holdtime value, and • whichever is the lower value; one-third of the new holdtime value, or the configured keepalive value is the new keepalive value. neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions.
PAGE 515
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. Z9500 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 516
Parameters encrypt-pass Enter the encrypted password. clear-pass Enter the clear text password. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced The TCP session is authentication and hence prevents the data from being compromised. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table.
PAGE 517
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable via non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP.
PAGE 518
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 519
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
PAGE 520
router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. Z9500 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters process-id Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 521
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 522
• Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 523
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 524
show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 525
Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names.
PAGE 526
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 527
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [localas] [no-export] [no-advertise] communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 528
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list community-list-name [exact-match] communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured IP community list. exact-match (OPTIONAL) Enter exact-match to display only for an exact match of the communities. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 529
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 530
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 531
• + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string.
PAGE 532
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands 532 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes] ipv6-address prefix-length | ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 533
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view peer-groupspecific information for the IPv6 address family.
PAGE 534
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. Z9500 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example 534 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Dell# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
PAGE 535
timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. Z9500 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
PAGE 536
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 537
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 9 You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 538
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 539
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vmandual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 540
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 541
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ip-precedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used).
PAGE 542
Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos L2PT IpMacAcl VmanQos EcfmAcl Openflow : : : : : : : : 4 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 -- linecard 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 1 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Openflow : 0 -- linecard 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 256 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 1 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 Openflow : 0 -- linecard 2 -Current Settings(in block sizes
PAGE 543
test cam-usage Verify the CAM space that is available for IPv4 and IPv6 CAM profiles, and particularly to verify if enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you use in a policy map. Z9500 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map-name linecard {number portset {port-pipe-number} | all} input policymap-name Enter the name of the policy map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 544
Example 544 Term Explanation Linecard Lists the line cards that are checked. Entering all displays the status for line cards in the chassis. Portpipe Lists the port pipes (port sets) that are checked. Entering all displays the status for all line cards and port pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require.
PAGE 545
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 10 Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 546
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. There are three line cards (0-2) with fixed ports on the Z9500. Line card 0 uses three sets of ports (port pipes): 0 to 2; line cards 1 and 2 use four sets of ports: 0 to 3. • On line card 0, port set 0 consists of ports 0–44; port set 1 consists of ports 48–92; port set 2 consists of ports 96–140.
PAGE 547
• Queues 16 to 23 process packets destined to the line card CPU. Defaults Clear per-queue rate-limiting counters for all control-plane and port traffic. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 548
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits traffic on control-plane queues. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 549
policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols cpu-qos Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. Z9500 Syntax Parameters service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name cpu-qos policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 550
class-map cpu-qos — creates a QoS class map for CoPP. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
PAGE 551
The number of RxBytes is calculated as: Drops/ + TxBytes/ = RxBytes (total packets received) To clear the per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the clear controltraffic protocol command.
PAGE 552
v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 0 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 0 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 0 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 0 0 MLD 0 0 0 MSDP 0 0 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 0 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 0 0 iSCSI 0 0 0 FCoE 0 0 0 SFLOW 0 0 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 0 0 HYPERPULL 0 0 0 OPENFLOW 0 0 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 0 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 show control-traffic queue Display per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane tr
PAGE 553
Route Processor, Control Processor, and line-card CPUs as follows: • Queues 0 to 7 process packets destined to the Control Processor CPU . • Queues 8 to 15 process packets destined to the Route Processor CPU. • Queues 16 to 23 process packets destined to the line card CPU. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 554
show cpu-queue rate Display the rates for each control-plane queue. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show cpu-queue rate [all | queue-id queue-number | range from_queue to_queue] all Display the rate for all control-plane queues (CPU queues 0– 23). queue-id queue-number Display the rate for a specified control-plane queue. The range of CPU queue values is from 0 to 23. range from_queue to_queue Display the rate for a range of control-plane queues. The range of CPU queue values is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 555
Q22 Q23 Command History 800 5000 1000 5000 This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 556
Example Dell#show ip protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Src-Port Rate (kbps) ------------------------TCP (BGP) any/179 RP 2500 UDP (DHCP) 67/68 CP 1200 UDP (DHCP-R) 67 CP 1200 TCP (FTP) any CP 400 ICMP any CP 300 IGMP any RP 300 TCP (MSDP) any/639 RP 100 UDP (NTP) any CP 200 OSPF any RP 2500 PIM any RP 300 UDP (RIP) any RP 200 TCP (SSH) any CP 400 TCP (TELNET) any CP 400 VRRP any RP 400 Dst-Port TcpFlag Queue EgPort -------- ------- ----- ------ 179/any _ Q15 68/67 _ Q7 67 _ Q7 21 _ Q4 an
PAGE 557
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 558
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 559
protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
PAGE 560
v6 ICMP NS 600 1000 v6 ICMP RS 600 1000 v6 ICMP 300 2000 BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 561
200 500 BROADCAST MULTICAST CATCH ALL 200 500 ACL LOGGING 200 1000 L3 HEADER ERROR/TTL0 200 500 IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 ICMP REDIRECT 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 500 Q9 500 Q20 1000 Q0 500 Q0 500 Q1 500 Q1 500 Q1 500 Q20 500 Q20 500 RP 200 LP 200 CP 200 CP 100 CP 200 CP 200 CP 200 LP 200 LP 200 561
PAGE 562
11 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 563
memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted. Dell Networking OS completes the coredump process and wait until the upload is complete before rebooting the system. Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 564
level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning.
PAGE 565
To view the test report, use the show file flash://filenamecommand. A sample filename is TestReport-LP-2. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 566
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. To run diagnostic tests on an offline switch, use the diag command. The system reboots when offline diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline system command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause system to reboot after completion of diags. Proceed with Offline-Diags [confirm yes/no]:y Related Commands diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch.
PAGE 567
Related Commands diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. offline stack-unit— bring the system offline to run diagnostic tests. show diag Display results of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show diag {all | {{cp | rp | linecard} unit-id} [summary | detail] all Enter the keyword all to display the results of offline diagnostic tests on all Z9500 CPUs, including the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line cards.
PAGE 568
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use the show diag command to view a summary of diagnostic information presented for each Z9500 CPU.
PAGE 569
PPID PPID Rev Service Tag Part Number Part Number Revision SW Version ------- NA NA NA NA NA 9-2(1-509) Available free memory: 2,635,960,320 bytes --------- Group Test Statistics --------Total : 11 Passed : 9 Failed : 2 Elapsed time : 00H:00M:18S Stop reason : after completion ------ Failed tests (level, times) -----i2cTest (0, 1) qsfpOpticsTest (0, 1) ----------------------------------------Dell# show diag linecard 0 detail Diag status of linecard member 0: ----------------------------------------- AM.
PAGE 570
ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP2" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=31 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP3" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=30 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP4" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=29 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP5" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=28 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP6" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=40 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ERROR: ioctl: "QSFP7" op(1)=READ WITH STOP bus=39 address=0x50 offset=0 U#= length=1 ER
PAGE 571
PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ................................................. PASS Starting test: temperatureTest ...... Thermal Monitor Diodes: Diode[0] temperature 38.0 C Diode[1] temperature 39.4 C Diode[2] temperature 39.1 C Diode[4] temperature 38.9 C Port card[0]: Average temperature 50.2 C, maximum 53.6 C Port card[1]: Average temperature 48.7 C, maximum 51.4 C Port card[2]: Average temperature 48.8 C, maximum 50.9 C Ethernet MAC temperature 50.
PAGE 572
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics on Z9500 CPUs: line-card processors (Linecard slots 0 to 2), Control Processor (Linecard slot 3), and Route Processor (Linecard slot 4). Example: Before offline diagnostics are run on a switch Dell# show diag information Diag information: Diag software image version: 9.5(0.
PAGE 573
linecard unit-id Enter the linecard unit-id parameters to display only the offline diagnostic tests available for a specified line card. The range of line-card CPU IDs is from 0 to 2. Each line-card CPU processes packets on the corresponding Z9500 line card; for example, line-card CPU 1 processes packets on line card 1. alllevels Enter the keyword alllevels to display the the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to display only the Level 0 diagnostic tests.
PAGE 574
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: • • • Example 574 Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. Level 1 — A smaller set of diagnostic tests.
PAGE 575
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO sataSsdTest: ALL RUN YES YES temperatureTest: ALL RUN YES NO Buffer Tuning Commands This section describes the buffer tuning commands supported on the switch. WARNING: Reconfiguring the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning command without first contacting the Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC). buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface.
PAGE 576
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added the global keyword. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface. Similarly, when you configure bufferprofile global, you cannot not apply buffer-profile on any interface.
PAGE 577
Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Example Dell# clear control-traffic cp-switch counters Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series.
PAGE 578
linecard slot-id unit unit-num Enter the linecard slot-id parameters with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for a specified Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. The command options are: • counters: Clears traffic counters on line-card ports. • cpu data-plane statistics: Clears data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/ output counters to which the stacking module is connected. • cpu i2c statistics : Clears active i2c-address statistics.
PAGE 579
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 580
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics for a specified hardware component. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands.
PAGE 581
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 582
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. Dell# show control-traffic counters show hardware Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component.
PAGE 583
output counters to which the stacking module is connected. cp-switch linecard slot-id Debugging and Diagnostics • cpu i2c statistics : Displays active i2c-address statistics. • cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. • cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays satainterface error counter statistics. Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to display hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic.
PAGE 584
• user-port {user-port-num | port-range}: Displays statistics on a specified line-card port or range of ports. • unit unit-num {counters | details | ipmcreplication | port-stats | register | table-dump}: Displays statistics on a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0 to 3. The command options are: – counters: Displays the traffic counters. – details: Displays more detailed hardware information. – ipmc-replication: Displays the multicast IPMC replication table from the bShell.
PAGE 585
statistics from the specified SFM on the Z9500. The range of SFM unit numbers is from 0 to 5. The command options are: • buffer {total-buffer | unit unit-num {port port-num | total-buffer}: Displays buffer statistics from the total SFM buffer or from a specified SFM unit. The range of SFM unit ID numbers is from 0 to 5. The range of SFM unit ports is from 1 to 128. • counters: Displays the counters for SFM traffic to troubleshoot an error condition.
PAGE 586
Version Description {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 587
tx_q3_pkts = 0 tx_q4_pkts = 0 tx_q5_pkts = 0 tx_broad_pkts = 6178 tx_multi_pkts = 852 tx_uni_pkts = 296429 tx_pause_pkts = 0 tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters for port 0: Rx Octets = 219885483 Rx Undersize Packets = 0 Rx Oversize Packets = 0 Rx Pause Packets = 0 Rx 64 Octet Packets = 115814 Rx 65to127octets Packets = 13278 Rx 128to255octets Packets = 523 Rx 256to511octets Packets = 3382 Rx 512to102
PAGE 588
0 17 0 18 0 19 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 28 0 32 0 36 0 40 0 44 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Internal 0 Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 588 0 0 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 0 21 0 22 0 23 0 24 0 25 0 29 0 33 0 37 0 41 0 45 0 50 0 51 0 52 0 53 0 54 0 55 0 56 0 57 0 58 0 59 0 60 0 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 589
Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 HOL DROPS on COS6 HOL DROPS on COS7 HOL DROPS on COS8 HOL DROPS on COS9 HOL DROPS on COS10 HOL DROPS on COS11 HOL DROPS on COS12 HOL DROPS on COS13 HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS
PAGE 590
F SFI 1550 xe7 down F SFI 1550 xe8 up F SFI 1550 xe9 !ena F SFI 1550 xe10 !ena F SFI 1550 xe11 !ena F SFI 1550 xe12 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe13 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe14 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe15 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe16 !ena F XGMII 1550 xe17 !ena F XGMII 1550 ge0 up FA GMII 16360 hg0 up F XGMII 16360 hg1 up F XGMII 16360 hg2 up F XGMII 16360 hg3 up F XGMII 16360 hg4 up F XGMII 16360 hg5 up F XGMII 16360 hg6 up F XGMII 16360 hg7 up F XGMII 16360 hg8 up F XGMII 16360 hg9 up F XGMII 16360 hg10 up F XGMII 16360 hg11 up F
PAGE 591
0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x56002004 0x56002005 0x56002006 0x56002007 0x56002008 0x5600
PAGE 592
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl3 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl4 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl5 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 593
+35,871,020 PERQ_DROP_PKT(0).cpu0 : 217,930 +217,930 PERQ_DROP_PKT(41).cpu0 : 2,186,107,010 +2,186,107,010 PERQ_DROP_BYTE(0).cpu0 : 14,819,240 +14,819,240 PERQ_DROP_BYTE(41).cpu0 : 148,655,276,680 +148,655,276,680 QUEUE_PEAK(0).cpu0 : 224 QUEUE_PEAK(41).cpu0 : 236 RUC.xe0 : 2,756,973,184 +2,756,973,184 RDBGC0.xe0 : 2,186,634,525 +2,186,634,525 RDBGC5.xe0 : 2,186,634,525 +2,186,634,525 ING_NIV_RX_FRAMES.xe0 : 2,756,973,184 +2,756,973,184 TDBGC3.xe0 : 2,881,121 +2,881,121 TDBGC6.
PAGE 594
The linkStatus of Front End Port 22 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 23 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 24 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 25 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 29 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 33 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 37 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 41 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 45 is FALSE The linkStatus of Hg Port 50 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 51 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 52 is T
PAGE 595
For Destination Mod Id 11 Destination Port is 50 !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Linecard: Total-Buffer) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer total-buffer ------ Buffer Details for linecard 2 -----Total Buffers allocated per linecard 61440 Example (Linecard Unit Port: BufferInfo) Dell(conf)#show hardware linecard 2 buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: Default Packet Buffer allocate for Used Packet Buffer for the Port: 0 bu
PAGE 596
Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pk
PAGE 597
port-set portpipe Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 598
slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 0 idx=4 entries=1} {Packets} Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers.
PAGE 599
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The port-set values are internal port numbers. For a cross reference of the internal and port numbers, refer to the Debugging and Diagnostics chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the Z9500 System.
PAGE 600
{Packets} --More-- show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for a Z9500 line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. linecardslot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 601
policer= statistics={stat id 64 {Packets} slice = 2 idx=1 entries=1} EID 0x000011b8: gid=0xf, slice=2, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x11b8, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=DropCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 110 slice = 2
PAGE 602
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for traffic flows on the central switch (aggregated CoPP) or a specified line card and port pipe. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow layer2 [cp-switch | linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display information on system flows of control-plane traffic.
PAGE 603
MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc InPorts DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003c0 00003f80 MASK=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003ff c0003ffc Stage StageIngress _bcmFieldQualifyData Offset: 61 Width: 128 DATA=0x00000040 00000000 00000000 00000000 MASK=0x00003fc0 00000000 00000000 00000000 slice=0, slice_idx=0x100, part =1 prio=0x100, flags=0x10302, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, action={act=CosQNew, param0=7(0x7),
PAGE 604
action={act=RpDrop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer={peak_kbits_sec=0x200, peak_kbits_burst=0x64, commit_kbits_sec=0x200, commit_kbits_burst=0x64, PacketBased=0, mode=0x3, entries=2, Clean} statistics={stat id 2 slice = 0 idx=1 entries=2} {RedBytes}{NotRedBytes} ############## FP Entry for PVST --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for LACP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for GVRP --More-- ################ ############## FP Entry for FRRP --Mor
PAGE 605
Stage --More-- tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors.. Z9500 Syntax tcpdump {cp | rp} [capture-duration time | filter expression | max-file-count value | packet-count value | snap-length value | write-to path] To disable the TCP dump, use the no tcpdump command. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Route Processor CPU.
PAGE 606
• tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults TCP dumps are disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 607
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 12 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 608
conflicts Enter the keyword conflicts to delete all of the log entries created for IP address conflicts. server statistics Enter the keywords server statistics to clear all counter information on the DHCP server. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 609
Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 610
debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log messages for DHCP packets sent and received on DHCP client interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp client packets [interface type slot/port] interface typeslot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP log messages for a specified interface.
PAGE 611
Jan 7 01:42:34: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id: 100.1.1.
PAGE 612
disable Disable the DHCP server. Z9500 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 613
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 614
high-address Enter the highest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 615
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. Z9500 Syntax host address Parameters address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 616
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 617
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 618
Usage Information Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
PAGE 619
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. Z9500 Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 620
• Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 621
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. Z9500 Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 622
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 623
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Dell# show ip dhcp configuration global Protocol status : Enabled Number of ping packets : 1 Dell# Dell# show ip dhcp configuration Pool Name Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : : pool p1 p1 Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.
PAGE 624
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp lease Display lease information about the dynamic IP address currently assigned to a DHCP client interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp dhcp lease [interface type slot/port] interface type slot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Enter the keyword interface with the interface type and slot/port information to display DHCP lease information for a specified interface.
PAGE 625
Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 626
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection-trust — specifies a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table.
PAGE 627
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters clear ip dhcp snooping {binding | source-address-validation discard-counters [interface interface]} binding Clears the binding table. sourceaddressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters.
PAGE 628
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 629
Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP snooping, the binding table deletes and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. DHCP snooping supports Layer 3 using DHCP Relay Agent (ip helper-address) and Layer 2. You do not have to enable relay agent to snoop on Layer 2 interfaces. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping vlan — enables DHCP snooping on one or more VLANs.
PAGE 630
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
PAGE 631
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 632
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 633
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 634
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the keyword ipmac. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation and SAV with VLAN option. 1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 635
1.1.1.254 Automatic 00:00:00:00:00:20 Jan 08 2014 23:57 show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp snooping [binding | source-address-validation [discard-counters [interface interface]]] binding Display the binding table. sourceaddressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discardcounters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets.
PAGE 636
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The following example displays the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation ip sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Total cam count 3 permit host 0.0.0.0 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.
PAGE 637
permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 packets) count (0 NOTE: The output for port-channel interfaces does not display the physical interface.
PAGE 638
13 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 639
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 640
• hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} 640 dest-ip: Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing • lsb: Returns the LSB of the key as the hash • xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 • xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 • xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits
PAGE 641
• xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR seed seedvalue Enter the keyword seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id | port-set portpipe Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a Z9500 line card. The slot IDs range from 0 to 2. Enter the port-set port-pipe parametrs to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on the line card. The port-pipe range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 642
• Dell(conf)#hash-algorithm linecard 5 ip-sa-mask ff ip-damask ff • % Error: This command is not supported in the current microcode configuration In addition, the linecard slot-id ip-sa-mask value ip-da-mask value option has the following behavior to maintain bi-directionality: • When hashing is done on both IPSA and IPDA, the ip-sa-mask and ip-damask values must be equal. (Single Linecard).
PAGE 643
Term heading Description heading lsb Defaults • crc-lower • dest-ip enabled Returns the LSB of the key as the hash. The default is crclower. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 644
hash-algorithm hg To distribute traffic flows across different internal HiGig links, change the hash algorithm. Z9500 Syntax Parameters hash-algorithm hg {crc16 | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB} linecard slot-id port-set portpipe crc16 Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default). xor1 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1.
PAGE 645
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number [linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id port-set portpipe (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which you configure HiGig hashing. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2.
PAGE 646
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 647
To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximumpaths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature. If you enable the feature, re-enter this keyword to disable the feature. Defaults 16 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 648
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. Z9500 Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 649
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 650
Te 0/4 Te 0/3 650 Up Up 5 30 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)
PAGE 651
14 Flex Hash This chapter describes the Flex Hash enhancements. load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash feature. Z9500 Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. Version 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Flex hash uses the RTAG7 bins 2 and 3 (overlay bins).
PAGE 652
load-balance flexhash Configure Flex hash operation, such as whether IPv4 or IPv6 packets are processed by the Flex hash functionality, a unique protocol number, the offset of hash fields from the start of the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name.
PAGE 653
Usage Information With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows. Therefore, the fields in the L4 header are processed when hashing is performed on packets over LAG and ECMP links.
PAGE 654
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 654 dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 655
FIPS Cryptography 15 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Z9500 Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 656
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. Z9500 Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.
PAGE 657
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell #show ip ssh SSH server SSH server version Password Authentication Hostbased Authentication RSA Authentication Vty Encryption 1 3des-cbc 2 3des-cbc : enabled. : v1 and v2. : enabled. : disabled. : disabled. HMAC Remote IP hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 hmac-md5 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell #show ip ssh SSH server : enabled.
PAGE 658
-c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher to use. (For v2 clients only.) Without the FIPS mode enabled: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: • aes128–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal.
PAGE 659
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 660
aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher Dell #ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 661
16 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 662
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings.
PAGE 663
packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 664
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 665
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. Z9500 Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 666
control-vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 667
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 668
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. Z9500 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 669
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 670
• The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell#show frrp summary Example (1) Dell#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member V
PAGE 671
invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms. dead-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword dead-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the dead interval of the control packets. The range is from 50 to 6000 ms. Default: 1500 ms. NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval.
PAGE 672
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 17 The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 673
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 674
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. Z9500 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events.
PAGE 675
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 676
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. Z9500 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 677
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer — Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
PAGE 678
gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Z9500 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set.
PAGE 679
Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration including the registration. protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. Z9500 Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 680
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — accesses the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages.
PAGE 681
LeaveAll Timer Dell# Related Commands 10000 garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 682
Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
PAGE 683
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 684
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 18 IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
PAGE 685
• • • • For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 686
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 687
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The access list accepted is an extended ACL. To block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list, use this feature.
PAGE 688
ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command. Parameters group-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix-list-name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 689
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between GroupSpecific Query messages. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-queryinterval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval.
PAGE 690
Defaults 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 691
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 692
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.
PAGE 693
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When you configure a static SSM map and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
PAGE 694
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the exclude and include options. A group in include mode must have at least one source address defined. In exclude mode, if you do not specify a source address, The system implicitly assumes all sources are included.
PAGE 695
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups.
PAGE 696
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 697
225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2 Example (VLT) NOTE: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the following example indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.
PAGE 698
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results.
PAGE 699
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 are supported on the switch.
PAGE 700
If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface, the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality. If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 701
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. Z9500 Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 702
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 703
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive GroupSpecific Query messages.
PAGE 704
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 705
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed. Assign an IP address to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN. show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces.
PAGE 706
Vlan 2 Te 1/3, Po 1 Dell# Related Commands 706 • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 707
19 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • EIS Commands • Port Channel Commands • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 708
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface.
PAGE 709
show interfaces — displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/ port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 710
Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. dampening — configures dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppressthreshold]] [max-suppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 711
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With each flap, the system penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the ErrorDisabled state. This interface state is deemed as “down” by all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer.
PAGE 712
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters. Important Points to Remember: • To use special characters as a part of the description string, you must enclose the whole string in double quotes.
PAGE 713
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 714
pausethreshold Enter the keyword pause-threshold to configure the buffer threshold (in Kilobytes) at which the interface starts transmitting pause frames for link-level flow control. Valid values are 1 to 12480KB. The default is 60KB. resume-offset Enter the keyword resume-offset to configure the buffer threshold (in Kilobytes) at which the interface resumes transmitting offset frames for link-level flow control. Valid values are 1 to 12480KB. The default is 9KB.
PAGE 715
no shut on the interface, then check the running-config of the port using the show interface command. Important Points to Remember • Do not enable tx pause when buffer carving is enabled. For information and assistance, consult Dell Networking TAC. • Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off, or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted.
PAGE 716
range • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0. • For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 717
You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command. Example Dell(conf)#int tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)#exit Dell(conf)# Related Commands interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 718
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)#interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 719
Usage Information Version Description 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 720
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)#interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface.
PAGE 721
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 722
• If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port.
PAGE 723
Related Commands interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. interface vlan — configures a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — shows the bulk configuration interfaces. show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration.
PAGE 724
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.
PAGE 725
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 726
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported. For more information, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter.
PAGE 727
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 728
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Enabling quad mode on a port removes the interface configurations (if any) on the port after a save and reload. Be sure that the port is removed from other L2 and L3 feature configurations. You must save and reload the system for the 40G to 4x10G port change to take effect. This command cannot be used if LR4 optics are inserted in the 40G port.
PAGE 729
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the Examples, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh.
PAGE 730
Out Packets Fo 2/4 0 Fo 2/8 0 Fo 2/12 0 Fo 2/16 0 Fo 2/20 0 Fo 2/24 0 Fo 2/28 0 Fo 2/32 0 Fo 2/36 0 Fo 2/40 0 Fo 2/44 0 Fo 2/48 0 Fo 2/52 0 Fo 2/56 0 Fo 2/60 0 Fo 2/64 0 Fo 2/68 0 Fo 2/72 0 Fo 2/76 0 Fo 2/80 0 Fo 2/84 0 Fo 2/88 0 Fo 2/92 0 Fo 2/96 0 screen Up Down Down Up Up Down Up Up Down Up Up Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down [delta] 2 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 731
Interface Out Packets Te 1/0 0 Te 1/1 0 Te 2/2 0 Te 2/3 0 Fo 2/4 0 Fo 2/8 0 Fo 1/12 0 Fo 1/16 0 Fo 1/20 0 Fo 2/24 0 Fo 2/28 0 Fo 2/32 0 Fo 2/36 0 Fo 2/40 0 Fo 2/44 0 Ma 0/0 0 screen Link Down Down Down Down Up Down Down Up Up Down Up Up Down Up Up Down In Packets [delta] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 11 0 11 11 0 0 0 0 12 11 0 11 12 0 0 0 0 0 13 0 0 12 0 17 1 0 [delta] m - Change mode c - Clear b - Display bytes pkts/bytes per sec l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval refresh inte
PAGE 732
pps 0 Over 127B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 255B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 3 in unit 0 is up Input throttles: 0 0 pps 0 Input CRC: 0 0 pps 0 Input IP checksum: 0 0 pps 0 Input overrun: 0 0 pps 0 Output underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Output throttles: 0 0 pps 0 screen
PAGE 733
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 734
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Z9500 Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
PAGE 735
• VLAN 20 tagged frames The following describes the do show interfaces command shown in the following example. This example shows output with “Hybrid” as the newly added value for 802.1QTagged. The options for this field are: • True — port is tagged • False — port is untagged • Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example.
PAGE 736
rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters rate-interval seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
PAGE 737
reset linecard Reset the ports on a Z9500 line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters reset linecard slot-id linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID number to specify the set of line-card ports to be reset. The range of Z9500 line-card slot IDs is 0 to 2. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell NetworkingOS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 738
Related Commands • reload – reboots the Dell Networking OS. show config Display the interface configuration. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 739
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 740
linecard slot-id • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 741
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the Pluggable Media Type field in the E-Series TeraScale output. Use the show interfaces command for details on a specific interface. Use the show interfaces linecard command for details on all interfaces on the designated line card. NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000.
PAGE 742
Line Description LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and Slave. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
PAGE 743
Line Description – collisions = number of packet collisions – wred=count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
PAGE 744
address, a message displays. If auto-configuration is enabled, all IPv6 addresses on that management interface are auto-configured. The first IPv6 address that is configured on the management interface will be the primary address. If deleted, it must be re-added; the secondary address is not promoted.
PAGE 745
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 746
Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Related Commands show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-defa
PAGE 747
Command History Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
PAGE 748
LineSpeed 10000 Mbit Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 01:47:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte p
PAGE 749
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed interface dampening data. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 750
Reuse threshold Suppression threshold Max suppression time Time since last suppressed Time remaining to change state to up Related Commands : : : : : 200 250 300 0 0 dampening — configures dampening on an interface. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces configured — displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information.
PAGE 751
Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information. When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully, the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read “True.” AutoNegotiatio n Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation. Duplex is either half or full. Asym- and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the local interface supports.
PAGE 752
• • 100MB 10MB Example Dell#show int tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability: 100MegFullDplx: False 100MegHalfDplx: False 10MegFullDp
PAGE 753
• linecard slotnumber For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 128. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard then the slot number. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 754
Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Fo Related Commands 2/68 2/72 2/76 2/80 2/84 2/88 2/92 2/96 2/100 2/104 2/108 2/112 2/116 2/120 2/124 2/128 2/132 2/136 2/140 2/144 2/148 2/152 2/156 2/160 2/164 2/168 2/172 2/176 2/180 2/184 2/188 Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
PAGE 755
linecard slot-id Command Modes Command History • • Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the Z9500 ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 756
U 1 Name: Port-channel 23 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Dell# show interfaces switchport tengigabitethernet 2 Codes: U x G i untagged, V Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Trunk Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT - VLT tagged Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 802.
PAGE 757
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Interfaces Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.
PAGE 758
Line Description Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 759
Interfaces Line Description Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/ warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above.
PAGE 760
Example Line Description Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above.
PAGE 761
SFP 0 Vendor SN= P5N1ACE SFP 0 Datecode SFP 0 CheckCodeExt = 040528 = 0x5b SFP 1 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP 1 Rx Power measurement type = Average =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Alarm threshold = 95.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.
PAGE 762
show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show inventory — displays the switch type, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. Z9500 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 763
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Z9500 Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 764
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command. Disabled interfaces are listed as down.
PAGE 765
Defaults auto Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.
PAGE 766
tengigabit Enter the keyword tengigabit if the backup port is a 10G port. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE if the backup port is a 40G port. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel if the backup port is a static or dynamic port channel. slot/port Specify the line card and port number of the backup port. Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 767
Redundant Links” section in the “Layer 2” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport — displays information about switchport interfaces. Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection.
PAGE 768
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types.
PAGE 769
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. management egress-interface-selection To make configured application traffic egress through the management port instead of the front-end (FE) port, enable and configure a management egress interface. Z9500 Syntax management egress-interface-selection To disable and remove management egress interface selection (EIS) configurations, use the no management egress-interface-selection command.
PAGE 770
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show ip management-eis-route Destination Gateway ----------------10.11.0.0/16 ManagementEthernet 0/0 172.16.1.0/24 10.11.192.4 State ----Connected Active Route Source -----------Connected Static show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route.
PAGE 771
show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. Z9500 Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 772
NOTE: The implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter. For more information about configuring and using Port Channels, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. channel-member Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode.
PAGE 773
Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel. The mtu and ip mtu commands are only available when the chassis is in Jumbo mode.
PAGE 774
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 775
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Port Channel interfaces are logical interfaces and can be either in Layer 2 mode (by using the switchport command) or Layer 3 mode (by configuring an IP address). You can add a Port Channel in Layer 2 mode to a VLAN.
PAGE 776
minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Z9500 Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 777
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 778
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-po-1)#show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 779
Usage Information Interfaces Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show interfaces port-channel command shown in the following example. Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is...
PAGE 780
Example Field Description Output 0... Displays the type and number of packets sent out the interface. This information is displayed over three lines. Rate information... Displays the traffic rate information into and out of the interface. Traffic rate is displayed in bits and packets per second. Time since... Displays the time since the last change in the configuration of this interface.
PAGE 781
Field Description • Example up — if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds. Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel. (untitled) Displays the status of the physical interfaces (up or down). • In Layer 2 port channels, an * (asterisk) indicates which interface is the primary port of the port channel. The primary port sends out interface PDU. • In Layer 3 port channels, the primary port is not indicated.
PAGE 782
source-ip address Enter the keywords source-ip then the IP source address in IP address format. destination-ip address Enter the keywords destination-ip then the IP destination address in IP address format. source-port number Enter the keywords source-port then the source port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None. destinationport number Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. The range is from 1 to 65536. The default is None.
PAGE 783
• In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
PAGE 784
• A line-card NPU supports 12 front-end I/O ports and 12 backplane HiGig ports. The 12 backplane links are members of a single HiGig port channel that connects the line-card NPU to each SFM NPU. Two HiGig links in the port channel are used to connect to each SFM NPU. clear hardware hg-stats Clear traffic statistics from a HiGig port in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
PAGE 785
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 8247266722598448750 collisions 7236269947061497449 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 786
hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle. Z9500 Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval seconds To restore the default value, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Mode Command History seconds Polling interval in seconds. The valid values are from 10 to 299. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.
PAGE 787
Usage Information The trigger-threshold of bandwidth usage, which determines when the calculation of link-bundle utilization is performed, is set at 60 percent of the link-bundle bandwidth. When the total traffic use (mean) is below the trigger-threshold percentage, unevenness in link-bundle traffic distribution is not reported. If traffic unevenness is detected in three consecutive measurements, an alarm is issued.
PAGE 788
byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1566541600 packets, 125323328000 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 1566541600 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 1566541600 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.
PAGE 789
Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, line-rate Output 37096.40 Mbits/sec, of line-rate Related Commands 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of 57963128 packets/sec, 94.88% clear hardware hg-stats — clears traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle. show hg-link-bundle-distribution Display the operational status and link utilization in a HiGig link bundle.
PAGE 790
Field Description npuUnit Network processing unit (NPU) ID number of a HiGig link bundle/portchannel. hg-port-channel Port-channel number of a HiGig link bundle. Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total bandwidth usage by the traffic transmitted on the HiGig link bundle. Alarm State Indicates whether an alarm has been generated if uneven traffic distribution occurs in a HiGig link bundle. Possible values are Active and Inactive.
PAGE 791
Command History Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. UDP Broadcast The user datagram protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface. Important Points to Remember • Routing information protocol (RIP) is not supported with the UDP Broadcast feature.
PAGE 792
Example Dell#debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Te 1/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Te 1/1 Gi 1/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Te 2/0 is handed over for DHCP processing. Related Commands ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface. show ip udp-helper — displays the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces.
PAGE 793
Usage Information If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udpport command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration. This occurs regardless if the ip udp-helper udp-port command contains port numbers 67/68 or not.
PAGE 794
Te 1/0 Te 1/1 Related Commands 656, 658 All debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports.
PAGE 795
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 20 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 796
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 797
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Dell(conf)#int ten 0/4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/4)#ipv6 address 200:1::/64 eui64 Dell(conf)#int ten 0/6 Dell(conf-if-te-0/6)#ipv6 address 801:10::/64 eui64 crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 798
Example Dell(conf)#crypto ipsec policy West 10 ipsec-manual Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. Z9500 Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 799
Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceipaddress | ipv6 address Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number. destinationport number Enter the destination port number. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 800
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Z9500 Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 801
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 802
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 803
Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : a::2 : /128 : 21 : : Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 3 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 21 a::2 /128 0 Dell# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses.
PAGE 804
21 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). Z9500 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
PAGE 805
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP.
PAGE 806
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP.
PAGE 807
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. Z9500 Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 5 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 808
Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 809
• For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM. Or use this option with interface or ip ip-address to specify which dynamic ARP entries you want to delete. NOTE: Transit traffic may not be forwarded during the period when deleted ARP entries are resolved again and re-installed in CAM.
PAGE 810
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 811
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command.
PAGE 812
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table. show ip route summary — views a summary of the routing table. clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs.
PAGE 813
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip traffic — displays IP traffic statistics. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp] all Enter the keyword all to clear TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear TCP statistics only from the Route Processor.
PAGE 814
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. Z9500 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command. Parameters interface count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 815
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. Z9500 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command.
PAGE 816
00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:40 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.
PAGE 817
count value • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keywords tunnel then a number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 818
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. Z9500 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
PAGE 819
Usage Information Example IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 820
IP: s=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.62, len 40, rcvd TCP src=0, dst=0, seq=0, ack=0, win=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.206 (Ma 0/0), len 226, sending TCP src=23, dst=40869, seq=2112994896, ack=606901739, win=8192 ACK PUSH IP: s=10.1.2.216 (Ma 0/0), d=10.1.2.255, len 78, rcvd UDP src=0, dst=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.3 (Ma 0/0), len 1500, sending fragment IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 0 ICMP type=0, code=0 IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.
PAGE 821
turned off Dell# ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip address {ip-address mask [secondary] | dhcp} To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ipaddress] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address.
PAGE 822
Usage Information You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode. ip directed-broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. Z9500 Syntax ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, use the no ip directed-broadcast command.
PAGE 823
Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 824
ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Z9500 Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 825
ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. Z9500 Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 826
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. Z9500 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 827
The server replies with source port=67, destination port=67 and the system forwards to the client with source port=67, destination port=68. ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. Z9500 Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hopcount disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default.
PAGE 828
show running-config — displays the current configuration and changes from the default values. ip host Assign a name and IP address the host-to-IP address mapping table uses. Z9500 Syntax ip host name ip-address To remove an IP host, use the no ip host name [ip-address] command. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ip address Enter an IP address, in dotted decimal format, to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 829
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. Z9500 Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-fragcount command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 830
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, the system sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. Z9500 Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 831
VLANs: • All members of a VLAN must have same IP MTU value. • Members can have different Link MTU values. Tagged members must have a link MTU 4 bytes higher than untagged members to account for the packet tag. • The VLAN link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the VLAN members. For example, the VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500.
PAGE 832
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 833
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch.
PAGE 834
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to use bidirectional forwarding detection.
PAGE 835
Related Commands • When recursive resolution is “broken,” the system withdraws the route. • When recursive resolution is satisfied, the system re-installs the route. show ip route — views the switch routing table. show ipv6 route — displays the IPv6 routes. ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Z9500 Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 836
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. Z9500 Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 837
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Route prefixes stored in the L3 host table are managed using ECMP next-hop forwarding. A warning message is displayed after you enter the command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from the LPM routing table (RTM).
PAGE 838
mac {dest-mac | source-destmac | sourcemac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
PAGE 839
Usage Information Related Commands By default, the system distributes incoming traffic based on a hash algorithm using the following criteria: • IP source address • IP destination address • TCP/UDP source port • TCP/UDP destination port hash-algorithm ecmp — changes the hash algorithm across an ECMP. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 840
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 and added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 841
interface interface To specify an interface, enter one of the following interface types and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 842
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 843
Internet Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.247 1 192.2.1.246 1 192.2.1.245 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 0/13 Te 0/13 Te 0/13 - CP CP CP NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell#show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 CP Internet 5.5.5.
PAGE 844
show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. Z9500 Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 845
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured).
PAGE 846
Name/address lookup uses Name servers are not set Host Flags TTL -------- -------ks (perm, OK) 4200-1 (perm, OK) 1230-3 (perm, OK) ZZr (perm, OK) Z10-3 (perm, OK) Dell# Related Commands static mappings Type ---IP IP IP IP IP Address ------2.2.2.2 192.68.69.2 192.68.99.2 192.71.18.2 192.71.23.1 traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.
PAGE 847
Usage Information Example IPv4 Routing Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example.
PAGE 848
-----3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 11144 11145 11146 11147 11148 65535 Dell# Usage Information Example (Summary) ----------------------------------- ---- ------------6.6.6.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 5.5.5.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 4.4.4.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 3.3.3.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 2.2.2.2 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c1 CP 6.6.6.0 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.0 6 00:00:00:00:00:00 17c5 RP2 5.5.5.0 0 0 1 1 0.0.0.
PAGE 849
5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell# 0 0 0 0 0 0 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip fib linecard slot-id [ip-address/prefix-list | summary] slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address is dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 850
Usage Information Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip fib command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information.
PAGE 851
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 852
Usage Information Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets, use the show port-channel-flow command.
PAGE 853
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 854
Example Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list. If none is configured, the phrase “not set” is displayed. Proxy ARP...
PAGE 855
Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent --More-Dell# show ip interface brief Interface IP-Address Status Protocol TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 unassigned administratively down down TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 10.10.10.
PAGE 856
Example (Brief) Fields Description Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 857
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 858
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 859
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.
PAGE 860
protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. • If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . • If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routingtag. • If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF processid. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed.
PAGE 861
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 862
----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/8 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, Te 2/9 > R 101.10.10.
PAGE 863
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 864
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example.
PAGE 865
show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics on Z9500 CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip traffic {all | cp | rp} all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view IP traffic statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Control Processor. rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Route Processor. Default View IP traffic statistics from all processors.
PAGE 866
Keyword Definition • route not found for unicast/multicast; ingress interfaces do not belong to the destination multicast group • destination IP address belongs to reserved prefixes; the host/network is unreachable bad options... Unrecognized IP option on a received packet. Frags: IP fragments received. ... reassembled Number of IP fragments that were reassembled. ... timeouts Number of times a timer expired on a reassembled queue. ... too big Number of invalid IP fragments received. ...
PAGE 867
• Example ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
PAGE 868
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Default Display TCP information from all processors. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 869
Example Field Description 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets... Displays the number of window probe and update packets received. 41 dup ack... Displays the number of duplicate acknowledgement packets and acknowledgement packets with data received. 10184 ack... Displays the number of acknowledgement packets and bytes received.
PAGE 870
Sent: 12007 Total, 0 urgent packets 25 control packets (including 24 retransmitted) 11603 data packets (12439677 bytes) 24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets 7 Connections initiated, 8 connections accepted, 15 connections established 14 Connections closed (including 0 dropped, 0 embryonic dropped) 20 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Keepalive timeout, 0 keepalive probe, 0 Connections dropped in
PAGE 871
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 22 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 872
• l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 873
Parameters default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 874
ipv4acl Set IPV4-ACL Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress ipv6acl Set IPV6-ACL Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress <0-4> Number of FP Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress entries l2acl 1 ipv4acl entries l2acl 1 ipv4acl blocks for IPV6 l2acl 1 ipv4acl 1 ? 1 ipv6acl ? (multiples of 2) 1 ipv6acl 2 deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 875
Version 9.3(0.0) Usage Information Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 876
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 877
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny icmp (for Extended IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here.
PAGE 878
Command History Usage Information Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 879
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100..
PAGE 880
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 881
Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 882
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 883
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. permit (for IPv6 ACLs) To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 884
Command History Usage Information Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 885
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 886
standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 887
Command History Usage Information Version 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 888
• Parameters Defaults Use the no permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 889
monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 890
Version 9.3(0.0) Usage Information Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 891
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series TeraScale. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 892
4| Allowed 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 4 port-set 0 Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status ------------------------------------------------------------4| 0| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 2 port-set 1 Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status --------------------------------------------------
PAGE 893
23 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Enable LPM CAM partitioning to support the storage of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in LPM partition 1.
PAGE 894
Usage Information You can partition the LPM table to store extended IPv6 route prefixes with /65 to /128 mask lengths. LPM CAM partitioning requires a switch reload to take effect. To disable LPM CAM partitioning and return the number of the IPv6 /65-/128 route prefixes stored in Partition 1 to 0, enter the no cam-ipv6 extended-prefix command. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 895
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 896
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface.
PAGE 897
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address.
PAGE 898
Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 899
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 900
of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero. ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table uses. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 901
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 902
ipv6 nd dad attempts To perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the management interface, configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts {number of attempts} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address. The range is from 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface.
PAGE 903
lifetime Enter the lifetime in seconds. The amount of time the IPv6 host can use the IPv6 RDNSS address for name resolution. The range is 0 to 4294967295 seconds. When you specify the maximum lifetime value of 4294967295 or infinite, the lifetime does not expire. A value of 0 indicates to the host that the RDNSS address should not be used. You must specify a lifetime using the lifetime or infinite parameter. infinite Enter the keyword infinite to specify that the RDNSS lifetime does not expire.
PAGE 904
no-autoconfig Enter the keywords no-autoconfig to disable Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. no-rtr-address Enter the keyword no-rtr-address to exclude the full router address from router advertisements (the R bit is not set). off-link Enter the keywords off-link to advertise the prefix without stating to recipients that the prefix is either on-link or offlink. valid-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time.
PAGE 905
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address} To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor {ipv6-address} {interface interface} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 906
• Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link. • Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link. • Parameter discovery • Address autoconfiguration — configuration of addresses for an interface • Address resolution — mapping from IP address to link-layer address • Next-hop determination • Neighbor Unreachability Detection (NUD): Determine that a neighbor is no longer reachable on the link.
PAGE 907
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address.
PAGE 908
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When the interface goes down, the system withdraws the route. The route is reinstalled by the system when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” the system withdraws the route. The route is re-installed the system when the recursive resolution is satisfied.
PAGE 909
Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information Use this command to enable programming of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in the L3 host table. A warning message is displayed after you enter the command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from the LPM routing table (RTM).
PAGE 910
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Because this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When you disable unicast routing, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration.
PAGE 911
Version Description 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can use this command to view the maximum number of extended IPv6 prefix entries supported in LPM CAM. The output displays the current value and the new value applicable after a switch reload.
PAGE 912
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed but an equivalent /64 entry is listed in the show ipv6 cam linecard {0–2} port-set {0-3} output.
PAGE 913
DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 cam linecard 0 port-set 2 summary Total number of CAM entries = 155648 Number of CAM ent
PAGE 914
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero — Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. show ipv6 fib linecard View all FIB entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 fib linecard slot-id [summary | ipv6-address] linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 915
Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex displays as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib linecard output for neighbor entries, such as address resolution protocol (ARP) entries.
PAGE 916
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd dad attempts — Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 917
managementet hernet slot/ port (OPTIONAL) View information on an IPv6 Management port. Enter the slot number (0-1) and port number zero (0). loopback (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 Loopback interfaces. port-channel (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 port channels. tengigabitether net (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 tengigabitethernet interface. fortyGigE (OPTIONAL) View information for an IPv6 fortygigabitethernet interface.
PAGE 918
IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::7686:7aff:feff:6f08 Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit int
PAGE 919
ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# show ipv6 interface linecard 1 configured | grep ff02 ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:6 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:4 ff02::1:
PAGE 920
Example Field Description Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
PAGE 921
• Defaults For VLAN interfaces, enter the keyword vlan with a VLAN ID from 1 to 4094. Display information about IPv6 neighbors learned on all Z9500 CPUs, including the Route Processor and line-card processors. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 922
State: Up Configured parameters: TX: 100ms, RX: 100ms, Multiplier: 3 Neighbor parameters: TX: 250ms, RX: 300ms, Multiplier: 4 Actual parameters: TX: 300ms, RX: 250ms, Multiplier: 3 Role: Active Delete session on Down: False Client Registered: CLI Uptime: 00:02:04 Statistics: Number of packets received from neighbor: 376 Number of packets sent to neighbor: 314 Number of state changes: 2 Number of messages from IFA about port state change: 0 Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# show
PAGE 923
summary (OPTIONAL) View a brief list of the configured IPv6 routes. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv6 Basics Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 924
Field Example Description • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address. Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 925
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 24 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 926
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
PAGE 927
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked.
PAGE 928
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 929
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 930
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 931
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 932
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 933
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information.
PAGE 934
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. Z9500 Syntax debug isis spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis spf-triggers command.
PAGE 935
debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. Z9500 Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 936
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. Z9500 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised.
PAGE 937
How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metricstyle command configuration. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised.
PAGE 938
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. Z9500 Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 939
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. Z9500 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 940
Related Commands • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 941
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates.
PAGE 942
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. When you execute this command, IS-IS does not download the route to the routing table if the same route was redistributed into IS-IS routing protocol on the same router. domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain. Z9500 Syntax domain-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To disable the password, use the no domain-password command.
PAGE 943
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs). Related Commands • area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password. • isis priority — configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router.
PAGE 944
capability of the routers on the connected network. A flag in the Restart TLV contains restart request (RR), restart acknowledge (RA) and suppress adjacency advertisement (SA) bit flags. The ISIS graceful restart-enabled router can co-exist in mixed topologies where some routers are graceful restart-enabled and others are not. For neighbors that are not graceful restart-enabled, the restarting router brings up the adjacency per the usual methods.
PAGE 945
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 946
graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t1 {interval seconds | retry-times value} To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t1 command. Parameters interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time.
PAGE 947
graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command. Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds.
PAGE 948
Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. The range is from 50 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults manual, 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 949
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. Z9500 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | pointto-point] command. Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs.
PAGE 950
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Z9500 Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 951
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 952
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. To assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS, use the net command. • net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • router isis — enables the IS-IS routing protocol.
PAGE 953
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing.
PAGE 954
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 955
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 956
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 957
Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.
PAGE 958
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs.
PAGE 959
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface.
PAGE 960
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface.
PAGE 961
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Z9500 Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
PAGE 962
The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2. This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. Z9500 Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority.
PAGE 963
NOTE: Routers with a priority of 0 cannot be a designated router. Setting the priority to 0 lowers the chance of this system becoming the DIS, but does not prevent it. If all the routers have priority 0, one with highest MAC address becomes DIS even though its priority is 0. is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Z9500 Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command.
PAGE 964
If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1. log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. Z9500 Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 965
To restore default values, use the no lsp-gen-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds.
PAGE 966
wait time specified (interval seconds). After the network calms down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time). lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Z9500 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes.
PAGE 967
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. Z9500 Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
PAGE 968
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Z9500 Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 969
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 970
Defaults Command Modes Command History 4 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 971
level-2 Enables the metric style on Level 2. Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 972
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.
PAGE 973
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command.
PAGE 974
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Although the passive interface does not send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in the IS-IS updates sent using other interfaces. redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
PAGE 975
Defaults level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) If you do not enter the route-map argument, all routes are redistributed. If a map-name value is not specified, no routers are imported.
PAGE 976
redistribute command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute command is advertised. Related Commands • default-information originate — generates a default route for the IS-IS domain. • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. This command filters redistributed routing information.
PAGE 977
If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults IS-IS Level 2 routes only Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 978
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metrictype {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 979
Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 980
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 981
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.
PAGE 982
Example (Router-Isis) Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)#show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 983
lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 984
Example Field Description LSP Seq Num This value is the sequence number for the LSP that allows other systems to determine if they have received the latest information from the source. LSP Checksum This is the checksum of the entire LSP packet. LSP Holdtime This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that the LSP remains valid. A zero holdtime indicates that this is a purged LSP and is being removed from the link state database.
PAGE 985
IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.
PAGE 986
Graceful Restart T3 Timer T3 Timeout Value T2 Timeout Value T1 Timeout Value Adjacency wait time : : : : : : Enabled Manual 30 30 (level-1), 30 (level-2) 5, retry count: 1 30 Operational Timer Value ====================== Current Mode/State : T3 Time left : T2 Time left : Restart ACK rcv count : Restart Req rcv count : Suppress Adj rcv count : Restart CSNP rcv count : Database Sync count : Normal/RUNNING 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 (level-
PAGE 987
show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis interface [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 988
Next IS-IS LAN Level-1 Hello in 2 seconds Next IS-IS LAN Level-2 Hello in 1 seconds LSP Interval: 33 GigabitEthernet 0/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 989
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command.
PAGE 990
show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. Z9500 Syntax show isis protocol Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.
PAGE 991
show isis traffic This command allows you to display IS-IS traffic interface information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show isis traffic [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 992
Example 992 Item Description Level-1/Level-2 LSPs sourced (new/refresh) Displays the number of new and refreshed LSPs. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs flooded (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of flooded LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of CSNP LSPs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran.
PAGE 993
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. Z9500 Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command.
PAGE 994
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only. If using Single Topology mode, use the spf-interval command in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS mode for both IPv4 and IPv6 route computations. SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculations are performed during network instability.
PAGE 995
25 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 996
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Z9500 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 997
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session.
PAGE 998
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority.
PAGE 999
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. Z9500 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1000
NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1001
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. Z9500 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1002
counters Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1003
Example (Counter) Dell#show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 1004
26 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 1005
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1006
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1007
output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1008
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. Z9500 Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1009
station-moveviolation Defaults • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1010
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter. NOTE: If you configure this command on an interface in a routed VLAN, and after the MAC addresses learned reaches the limit set in the mac learninglimit command, IP protocols are affected. For example, VRRP sets multiple VRRP Masters and OSPF may not come up.
PAGE 1011
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit.
PAGE 1012
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation.
PAGE 1013
Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Z9500 Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1014
port-set portpipe (REQUIRED) Enter the keywords port-set then a port-pipe number to specify the port pipe for which to gather information. The range of port pipe numbers is from 0 to 3. address macaddr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns.
PAGE 1015
1 1 0 1 1 00:01:02:03:04:07 00:01:02:03:04:08 ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 00:01:02:03:04:05 00:01:02:03:04:06 DYNAMIC DYNAMIC STATIC DYNAMIC DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 Fo 2/0 00001 Fo 2/0 Fo 2/0 show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 1016
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count, then optionally, by an interface or VLAN ID, to display total or interface-specific static addresses, dynamic addresses, and MAC addresses in use. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1017
Example Usage Information Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). Dell(conf)#do show mac-address-table Codes: *N - VLT Peer Synced MAC VlanId Mac Address Type Interface 2 00:00:00:00:00:01 Dynamic (N) 128 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:02 Dynamic (N) 10 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:03 Dynamic 100 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:04 Dynamic 10 Active State Po Po Po Po The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1018
Example (Count) Dell# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : 110 Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch.
PAGE 1019
Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] violate-action (OPTIONALY) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
PAGE 1020
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for the violate-action and detail options. 6.5.1.0 Added support for Port Channel.
PAGE 1021
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlanid 1).
PAGE 1022
Usage Information The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the runningconfiguration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. name Assign a name to the VLAN. Z9500 Syntax name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, use the no name command. Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1023
show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1024
• IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN. name vlanname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name and the name assigned to a VLAN. Only information on the specified VLAN is displayed. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1025
Column Heading Description NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs.
PAGE 1026
Example (VLAN ID) Dell# show vlan id 20 Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, R - Remote Port Mirroring VLANs, P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated O - Openflow Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status 20 Active 0/140,Te 1/80) Description Q Ports T Po10(Te T Po20(Te 1/81) Example (Brief) Example (Name) T Fo 2/
PAGE 1027
tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. Z9500 Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1028
Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. untagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are untagged. track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. Z9500 Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command.
PAGE 1029
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When this command is configured, the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces specified in the track ip command are operationally UP, and the VLAN is operationally DOWN if none of the tracking interfaces are operationally UP. If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN.
PAGE 1030
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command.
PAGE 1031
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1032
• aggressive: Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “errordisabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1033
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
PAGE 1034
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Z9500 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 1035
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. Z9500 Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1036
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1037
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1038
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
PAGE 1039
Related Commands Layer 2 • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd reset — resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 1040
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 27 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1041
vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1042
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1043
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1044
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1045
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1046
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 1047
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1048
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Z9500 Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command.
PAGE 1049
management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. Z9500 Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command. Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1050
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead.
PAGE 1051
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. Z9500 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1052
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1053
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1054
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1055
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1056
• LLDP-MED Network Connectivity Device — any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP-MED endpoint device, and supports IEEE 802.1AB (LLDP) and TIA-1057 (LLDP-MED). The Dell Networking system is an LLDP-MED network connectivity device.
PAGE 1057
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 1058
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system.
PAGE 1059
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. • ECS — Emergency call service such as defined by TIA or the national emergency numbering association (NENA) • ELIN — Emergency location identification number, a valid North America Numbering Plan format telephone number supplied for ECS purposes. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP.
PAGE 1060
Usage Information Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med softphone-voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone, configure the system.
PAGE 1061
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering.
PAGE 1062
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system.
PAGE 1063
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
PAGE 1064
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system.
PAGE 1065
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1066
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1067
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 28 Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
PAGE 1068
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for the association of an IP address with a multicast MAC address on the Z95000. 9.3(0.0) Added support for the association of an IP address with a multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1069
mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) To configure the multicast mode of network load balancing (NLB) on the switch, you must associate a multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, and add output ports that will receive multicast streams on the VLAN in the MAC address table.
PAGE 1070
can configure a static MAC address and associate it with a VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, you must first enable the router for Layer 2 multicast switching with the ip multicast-mode l2 command.
PAGE 1071
29 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands This section describes the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1072
Related Commands Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1073
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1074
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system. On each line card, the multicast module only installs the maximum number of entries, depending on the configured CAM profile. To store multicast routes, use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition.
PAGE 1075
Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip mroute [static | group-address [source-address] | count | snooping [vlan vlan-id] [group-address [source-address]] | summary | vlt [group-address [source-address] | count] static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view static multicast routes.
PAGE 1076
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1077
(*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.
PAGE 1078
show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. Z9500 Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1079
debug ipv6 mld_host Enable the collection of debug information for MLD host transactions. Z9500 Syntax [no] debug ipv6 mld_host [int-count | interface type] [slot/ port-range] To discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions, use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command. Parameters int-count Enter the keyword count to indicate the number of required debug messages.
PAGE 1080
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 2000. Defaults The S-Series default is 400. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1081
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 30 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. clear ip msdp peer Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics.
PAGE 1082
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1083
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1084
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. Z9500 Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
PAGE 1085
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1086
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the list option and removed the prefix-list option. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1087
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1088
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1089
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1090
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used.
PAGE 1091
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
PAGE 1092
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. Z9500 Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000.
PAGE 1093
be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp sacache command. Related Commands ip msdp peer — configures the MSDP peer. clear ip msdp peer — clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — displays the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1094
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Z9500 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1095
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1096
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. Z9500 Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1096 Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1097
31 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1098
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1099
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1100
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1101
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1102
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Z9500 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1103
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. Z9500 Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1104
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Z9500 Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1105
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1106
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1107
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1108
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1109
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional keyword guard was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1110
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1111
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1112
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
PAGE 1113
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard.
PAGE 1114
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
PAGE 1115
standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1116
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 32 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1117
Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1118
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1119
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1120
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1121
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id [process] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
PAGE 1122
clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1123
Related Commands show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | databasetimer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1124
Usage Information 1124 Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1125
Example Field Description N, MC, E, T Displays information available in the Options field of the HELLO packet: • N + (N-bit is set) • N - (N-bit is not set) • MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) • MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) • E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) • E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: D
PAGE 1126
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • route-map map-name 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1127
Parameters number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1128
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf asbr — displays the VLAN configuration. distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address.
PAGE 1129
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes.
PAGE 1130
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command.
PAGE 1131
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter.
PAGE 1132
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1133
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time.
PAGE 1134
Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support. flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior. Z9500 Syntax flood-2328 To disable, use the no flood-2328 command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1135
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. Z9500 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
PAGE 1136
Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1137
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1138
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type.
PAGE 1139
ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, use the no ip ospf authentication-key command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1140
Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1141
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1142
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead.
PAGE 1143
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common. The remaining MD5 keys are unused. To change to a different key on the interface, enable the new key while the old key is still enabled.
PAGE 1144
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network.
PAGE 1145
ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1146
To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds. This interval must be greater than the expected round-trip time for a packet to travel between two routers. Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1147
This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1148
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths.
PAGE 1149
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. Z9500 Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1150
Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.
PAGE 1151
passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface {default | interface} To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passiveinterface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passiveinterface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive.
PAGE 1152
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive. You can then configure individual interfaces, where adjacencies are desired, using the no passiveinterface interface command.
PAGE 1153
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1154
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route into the OSPF routing domain.
PAGE 1155
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.3 Added Route Map for BGP Redistribution to OSPF. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1156
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1157
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1158
vrf name (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1159
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1160
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0.
PAGE 1161
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — displays the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — displays the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1162
NOTE: ASBRs that are not in directly connected areas are also displayed. You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the following example, router 1.1.1.1 is in a directly connected area since the Flag is E/-/-/. For remote ASBRs, the E flag is clear (-/-/-/). Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.
PAGE 1163
Usage Information Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age. Seq# Identifies the link state sequence number. This number allows you to identify old or duplicate link state advertisements.
PAGE 1164
show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1165
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1166
Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1167
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1168
Type-5 AS External LS age: 612 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 12.12.12.2 Advertising Router: 20.31.3.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4cde Length: 36 Network Mask: /32 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 25 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 43 LS age: 1868 Options: (No TOS-capability, DC) LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.
PAGE 1169
adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1170
Example Field Description Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA’s complete contents. Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Attached Router Identifies the IP address of routers attached to the network. Dell#show ip ospf 1 data network OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.5) (Process ID 1) Network (Area 0.0.0.
PAGE 1171
Parameters link-state-id adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1172
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: adv-router ipaddress • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1173
Item Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID.
PAGE 1174
show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1175
Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1176
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database router [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1177
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1178
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1179
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: adv-router ipaddress • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1180
Item Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
PAGE 1181
Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id interface [interface] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1182
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id interface command shown in the following example. Item Description TenGigabitEthern et...
PAGE 1183
192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.1 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.
PAGE 1184
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID.
PAGE 1185
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1186
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. global Enter the keyword global to display the packet counts received on all running OSPF interfaces and packet counts OSPF neighbors receive and transmit.
PAGE 1187
Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/transmits. Error Displays the error count while receiving and transmitting packets by the OSPF process. Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets. DDiscr Number of database description packets. LSReq Number of link state request packets. LSUpd Number of link state update packets.
PAGE 1188
Example Error Type Description Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow.
PAGE 1189
Example (Statistics) • Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor • Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor • The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor • The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/8 Hello-Timer 9, Wait-Timer 0, Grace-Timer 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Error Version SeqNo-Err 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Error AreaMisMatch Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Or
PAGE 1190
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1191
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Example Dell#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.
PAGE 1192
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas. With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting the delay and holdtime parameters to a low number enables the switch to an alternate path quickly but requires more CPU usage.
PAGE 1194
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached. In throttling, exponential backoff is used when sending same LSA, so that the interval is multiplied until the maximum time is reached.
PAGE 1195
OSPFv3 Commands The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6. The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740. area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area.
PAGE 1196
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 area, you must first enable OSPFv3 globally on the router. Configure the same authentication policy (same SPI and key) on each interface in an OSPFv3 link.
PAGE 1197
ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported. keyencryptionalgorithm (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in encryption. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1198
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1199
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. Z9500 Syntax clear ipv6 ospf process Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1200
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1200 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields.
PAGE 1201
debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets. Z9500 Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf {packet | events} [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1202
from Te 0/36 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1203
metric-type type-value route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1204
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1205
Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1206
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series.
PAGE 1207
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1208
interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify nondefault BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100. min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 100. The default is 100.
PAGE 1209
ipv6 ospf cost Explicitly specify the cost of sending a packet on an interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf interface-cost interface-cost Enter a unsigned integer value expressed as the link-state metric. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Default cost based on the bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1210
Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000.
PAGE 1211
keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AESCBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1.
PAGE 1212
An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link. To remove an IPsec encryption policy from an interface, enter the no ipv6 ospf encryption spi number command. To remove null authentication on an interface to allow the interface to inherit the authentication policy configured for the OSPFv3 area, enter the no ipv6 ospf no ipv6 ospf encryption null command.
PAGE 1213
When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3. When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface, you reconfigure an OSPFv3 router to function in a “restarting-only” role. ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
PAGE 1214
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1215
Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1216
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. passive-interface Disable (suppress) sending routing updates on an interface. Z9500 Syntax passive—interface interface To enable sending routing updates on an interface, use the no passiveinterface interface command.
PAGE 1217
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled.
PAGE 1218
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3.
PAGE 1219
router-id Designate a fixed router ID. Z9500 Syntax router-id ip-address To return to the previous router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1220
show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec policy [name name] name name (OPTIONAL) Displays configuration details about a specified policy. Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1221
123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set : esp-3des esp-md5-hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name : OSPFv3-0-501 Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Outbound ESP SPI : 501 (0x1F5) Inbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97 eb7c0 c30808825fb5 Outbound ESP Auth Key : bbdd96e6eb4828e2e27bc3f9ff541e43faa759c9ef5706ba8ed8bb5efe91e97 eb7c0 c
PAGE 1222
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter TenGigabitEthernet slot/port.
PAGE 1223
Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Dell#show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe40:4d10 IPSecv6 policy name: OSPFv3-1-500 inbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound ah sas spi : 500 (0x1f4) transform : ah-md5-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE inbound esp sas outbound esp sas Interface: TenGigabitEtherne
PAGE 1224
inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported). replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature.
PAGE 1225
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for showing BFD status on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning.
PAGE 1226
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1227
Rx New LSAS 22 Ext LSA Count 0 Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace-period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx L
PAGE 1228
• Defaults none Command Modes EXEC For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1229
Pay As You Grow 33 The Pay As You Grow (PAYG) software feature allows you to purchase a Z9500 switch with 36 40G ports (144 10G ports) and upgrade to a larger number of ports as your networking needs grow. install license Install the license for Z9500 ports from local flash, a remote server using a file transfer method, or an external flash device.
PAGE 1230
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. If your Z9500 switch has a 36 40G-port license, all 40G ports (144 10G ports) on line card 0 are enabled and usable. You can purchase a license to use additional ports: • 84 40G ports on line cards 0 and 1 (336 10G ports) • 132 40G ports on line cards 0, 1, and 2 (528 10G ports) You can upgrade from a 36 40G-port to either an 84 40G-port or 132 40G-port license. You can upgrade from an 84 40G-port to a 132 40G-port license.
PAGE 1231
show license Check the status of a Z9500 license and display the number of usable ports or verify a license stored on a remote server before you install it. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show license [flash://filepath | ftp://userid:password@host-ip/ filepath | scp://userid:password@hostip/filepath | tftp://hostip/filepath | usbflash://filepath] flash://filepath Enter flash://filepath to display a license stored in a local flash directory on the switch.
PAGE 1232
Vendor : Dell Product : Dell Force10 Z950 System Service Tag: RtHvKsJ License Service Tag: Current State : HW-Port-License 36 Ports (Fo 0/0-Fo 0/140) Next Boot : HW-Port-License 36 Ports (Fo 0/0-Fo 0/140) If an 84 40G-port license is installed, the following information is displayed.
PAGE 1233
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 34 The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1234
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1235
To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets.
PAGE 1236
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. Z9500 Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1237
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword Gigabit then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1238
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. Z9500 Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1239
To remove the access list, use the no ip pim join-filter ext-access-list {in | out} command. Parameters ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter this keyword to apply the access list to inbound traffic. out Enter this keyword to apply the access list to outbound traffic. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1240
ip pim ingress-interface-map When the Dell Networking system is the RP, statically map potential incoming interfaces to (*,G) entries to create a lossless multicast forwarding environment. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip pim ingress-interface-map std-access-list std-access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1241
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1242
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature.
PAGE 1243
Usage Information The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list. ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list.
PAGE 1244
Usage Information First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned using BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs.
PAGE 1245
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
PAGE 1246
the ip multicast-lag-hashing command). PIM is supported on the portchannel interface. ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources, or for a specific set of (S,G) pairs an access list defines. Z9500 Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds [access-list name] To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained.
PAGE 1247
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. Z9500 Syntax ip pim spt-threshold value | infinity To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold command. Parameters value (OPTIONAL) Enter the traffic value in kilobits per second. The default is 10 packets per second. A value of zero (0) causes a switchover on the first packet.
PAGE 1248
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1249
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.
PAGE 1250
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip pim interface command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Lists the IP addresses of the interfaces participating in PIM. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM.
PAGE 1251
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
PAGE 1252
show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1253
Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:03:03 Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1254
Example (#2) Field Description Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. Dell#show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165.87.32.
PAGE 1255
Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires).
PAGE 1256
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1256 Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1257
Example Field Description Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following criteria: • a directly connect member of the Group • statically configured member of the Group • received a (*,G) Join message Dell#show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.
PAGE 1258
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1259
Neighbor table RP Mapping : 528 bytes : 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1260
Example Field Description flags List the flags to define the entries: • D = PIM Dense Mode • S = PIM Sparse Mode • C = directly connected • L = local to the multicast group • P = route was pruned • R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP • F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source • T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path • J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT • K = acknowledge p
PAGE 1261
(*, 226.1.1.3), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 (*, 226.1.1.4), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 0/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1262
clear ipv6 pim tib Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base-TIB). Z9500 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 pim tib [group-address] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0(1.
PAGE 1263
group group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group then the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group. state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes.
PAGE 1264
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1265
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1266
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.3.1.
PAGE 1267
ipv6 pim query-interval Change the frequency of IPv6 PIM router-query messages. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1268
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 1269
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1270
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1271
ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree. Z9500 Syntax ipv6 pim spt-threshold {kbps | infinity} To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim spt-threshold command. Parameters kbps Enter a traffic rate in kilobytes per second. The range is from 0 to 4294967 kbps. The default is 10 kbps. infinity Enter the keyword infinity to have all sources for the specified group use the shared tree and never join shortest path tree (SPT).
PAGE 1272
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1273
Te 1/3 v2/S 1 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:140f DR : this router Te 1/11 v2/S 0 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:1417 DR : this router Dell# show ipv6 pim neighbor Displays IPv6 PIM neighbor information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim neighbor [detail] detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1274
Parameters mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learned. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1275
show ipv6 pim tib View the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base — tib). Z9500 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 1276
00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::1, ff0e::22
PAGE 1277
PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) 35 The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1278
Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1279
show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Z9500 Syntax show ip pim ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1280
IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv6 PIM-SSM commands are supported: • ip pim ssm-range • show ipv6 pim ssm-range ipv6 pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ipv6 pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_na me Enter the name of the access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1281
show ipv6 pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. Z9500 Syntax show ipv6 pim ssm-range Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1282
36 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1283
Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Z9500 Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list.
PAGE 1284
NOTE: Apply the redirect list to physical, VLAN, or LAG interfaces only. Related Commands • show cam pbr – displays the content of the PBR CAM. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. Z9500 Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a redirect list.
PAGE 1285
permit Configure a rule for the redirect list. Z9500 Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: Parameters • If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1286
operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only. Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt= less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the portcommand parameter.) Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1287
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. slot/port Enter the keyword slot / port followed by the slot/port information. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1288
Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1289
• ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
PAGE 1290
Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1291
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content. Example Dell#show cam pbr linecard 0 port-set 0 TCP Flag: Bit 5 - URG, Bit 4 - ACK, Bit 3 - PSH, Bit 2 - RST, Bit 1 - SYN, Bit 0 - FIN Cam Port VlanID Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp Next-hop Egress Index Flag Port Port MAC Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0.0.
PAGE 1292
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell#show ip redirect-list IP redirect-list ecmp: Defined as: seq 5 redirect 100.1.1.
PAGE 1293
37 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1294
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1295
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the MXL. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1296
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1297
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for the RPM / ERPM. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1298
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1299
To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters source interface For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1300
Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon- sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1300 Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 1301
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 38 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.
PAGE 1302
• Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type. • Trunk port: A trunk port carries VLAN traffic across switches: – A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs.
PAGE 1303
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. show interfaces private-vlan — displays the type and status of the PVLAN interfaces.
PAGE 1304
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1305
Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1306
show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show interfaces private-vlan [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to specify the port(s) for which you want to display PVLAN information. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2. Enter only a slot ID to display the PVLAN status for all ports on a Z9500 line card.
PAGE 1307
Example (All) Field Description Vlan Displays the VLAN ID of the designated interface. PVLAN-Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the designated interface resides. Interface Type Displays the PVLAN port type of the designated interface. Status States whether the interface is operationally up or down.
PAGE 1308
interface. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is 0 to 2. The valid values are: • port-channel port-channel-number • tengigabitethernet slot/port • fortygigE slot/port isolated (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isolated and a PVLAN ID number to display the configuration of an isolated PVLAN. mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the community and isolated PVLAN mapping to primary PVLANs.
PAGE 1309
Example (All) Field Description Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
PAGE 1310
Usage Information Note that if the VLAN ID you enter is a primary VLAN, the entire private VLAN output is displayed, as shown below. If the VLAN ID is a secondary VLAN, only its primary VLAN and secondary VLAN properties are displayed, as shown in the second Example below.
PAGE 1311
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1312
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 39 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1313
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1314
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. Z9500 Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1315
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1316
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1317
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
PAGE 1318
Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1319
Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1320
vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. cost number Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000. Defaults: • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000. • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800. priority value Enter the keyword priority then the Port priority value in increments of 16. The range is from 0 to 240. The default is 128.
PAGE 1321
Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into the Error Disable state if a BPDU appears, and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action. NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on a PVST switch, immediately transitions to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1322
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Z9500 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1323
To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1324
Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1325
to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1326
hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1327
max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1328
40 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command. qos-rate-adjust Enable QoS rate adjustment to include overhead fields in rate metering calculations.
PAGE 1329
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1330
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 3.
PAGE 1331
To return to the default setting, use the no service-class dynamic dot1p command. Defaults Command Modes Command History All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command. The default mapping is as follows: dot1p Queue ID 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1332
You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels. When you set the service-class dynamic for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are automatically configured; you cannot assign the service-class dynamic command to individual interfaces in a port channel. • All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service-class dynamic dot1p command on an interface or globally.
PAGE 1333
Command History Version Description 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. For Z9500, you can configure queues 0-3. WRED profile contains a set of characteristics, such as the minimum and maximum WRED thresholds and the maximum drop rate. You can add and remove WRED parameters for one or more queues by using the command in a single line.
PAGE 1334
Default By default, ECN marking is disabled on all queues. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 platform. You can add or remove ECN marking configuration on a list of queues on all backplane ports. All of the configured attributes apply to all the backplane ports and are for each queue. You can configure all the data queues.
PAGE 1335
Parameters buffer-pool Define the mapping between the service class and policybased QoS or routing. wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue.
PAGE 1336
Dell(conf)#service-pool wred green pool0 thresh-1 pool1 thresh-2 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred yellow pool0 thresh-3 pool1 thresh-4 Dell(conf #service-pool wred weight pool0 11 pool1 4 show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. Z9500 Syntax Defaults show qos dot1p-queue-mapping • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1337
To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1ppriority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7. dot1p Queue Number 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1338
rate police Police the incoming traffic rate on the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax Parameters rate police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peakrate [burst-KB]] [vlan vlan-id] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). committedrate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 50.
PAGE 1339
Usage Information NOTE: Per Port rate limit and rate police is supported for Layer 2 tagged and untagged switched traffic and for Layer 3 traffic. Per VLAN rate limit and rate police is supported on only tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic. On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS.
PAGE 1340
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. strict-priority Configure a unicast queue as a strict-priority (SP) queue.
PAGE 1341
Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify unicast traffic into one of four classes. The system allows you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as port-channels, VLANs, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
PAGE 1342
class-map Create a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-of-service policies to each class. Z9500 Syntax Parameters class-map {match-all | match-any} class-map-name [layer2] [cpuqos] match-all Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-all to determine that the packets must meet all the match criteria in order to be a member of the class.
PAGE 1343
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria and configured using this command to determine if the packet belongs to that class. This command accesses CLASS-MAP mode, where the configuration commands include thematch ip and match mac options. When you create a class map to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos.
PAGE 1344
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1345
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router. qos-policy-output — creates an output QoS-policy on the router. wred-profile — creates a WRED profile.
PAGE 1346
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
PAGE 1347
Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1348
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. Z9500 Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [setip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1349
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added support for the DSCP marking option for the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1350
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac access-group Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL.
PAGE 1351
match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. Z9500 Syntax match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} Parameters dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1352
Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1353
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies.
PAGE 1354
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to add support for Layer 2. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1355
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map.
PAGE 1356
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1357
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32.
PAGE 1358
peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committed-rate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committed-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1359
pps Enter the keyword pps to specify the rate limit in packets per second (pps). The range is from . burst-kbps Enter the peak rate or committed rate size in kilobits per second. The range is from . The default is . burst-packets Enter the peak rate or committed rate size in packets per second. The range is from . The default is . Defaults Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1360
Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. rate police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface. Z9500 Syntax service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] command. Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1361
NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The service-policy input policy-map-name command and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface. However, the service-policy input command (without the policy-map-name option) and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are allowed on an interface. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1362
Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. Z9500 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7 (eight data queues and eight control queues).
PAGE 1363
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1364
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. After the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings. show qos class-map View the current class map information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1365
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail [interface]} summary interface detail interface To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1366
Example (IPv4) Dell#show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 1/1 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Policy-map-input policy Trust diffserv Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 - q0 1 CM1q1 2 CM2q2 3 CM3q3 4 CM4q4 5 CM5q5 6 CM6q6 7 CM7q7 Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 0/10 Interface TengigabitEthernet 0/10 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) D
PAGE 1367
qos-policyinput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1368
show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name] policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. qos-policyoutput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1369
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1370
Parameters qos-policyname Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1371
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1372
Field (EF) Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Queued Pkts Cumulative packet count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. Matched Bytes The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field.
PAGE 1373
Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name wred_drop wred_ge_y wred_ge_g wred_teng_y wred_teng_g WRED1 min-threshold 0 1024 2048 4096 8192 2000 max-threshold 0 2048 4096 8192 16384 7000 test cam-usage Verify CAM usage for an input policy-map configuration. Z9500 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map linecard {slotid port-set port-pipe| all} policy-map Enter the policy map name.
PAGE 1374
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to determine if the CAM has enough space available before applying the configuration on an interface. An input policy map with both Trust and Class-map configuration, the Class-map rules are ignored and only the Trust rule is programmed in the CAM. In such an instance, the Estimated CAM output column contains the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule.
PAGE 1375
| (Allowed ports) 0 0 Allowed (2) 0 1 Exception 1 0 Allowed (5) 1 1 Exception 13 1 Allowed (2) Dell# | | |per Port L2ACL 500 200 L2ACL 100 200 L2ACL 1000 200 L2ACL 0 200 … … … L2ACL 400 | 200 threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. Z9500 Syntax threshold min number max number To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command.
PAGE 1376
Usage Information Related Commands To configure the minimum and maximum threshold values for user-defined profiles, use this command. Additionally, to modify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the pre-defined WRED profiles, use this command. If you delete the threshold values of the pre-defined WRED profiles, the profiles revert to their original default values.
PAGE 1377
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Added dot1p to the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added dot1p and IPv6 DSCP. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series When you configure trust, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command.
PAGE 1378
To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [profilename] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names.
PAGE 1379
wred weight Configure the weight factor used to determine the average-queue size for WRED and ECN operation. The weight value is used in an output QoS policy applied to a front-end or backplane port. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] wred weight number weight Define the weight factor to be used for computation of the WRED average-queue size to either enable WRED to discard packets or cause ECN to mark packets that exceed the minimum threshold configured. This setting applies to frontend and backplane ports.
PAGE 1380
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1381
Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1382
Parameters Yellow Enter the yellow keyword. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which either transmits the packet if it has available bandwidth or drops the packet due to no ability to send. red Enter the red keyword. Traffic marked as red is dropped. dscp-list Enter a list of IP DSCP values. The dscp-list parameter specifies the full list of IP DSCP value(s) for the specified color.
PAGE 1383
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1384
qos dscp-color-policy Associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map. Syntax dscp-color-policy color-map-profile-name To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp-color-policy colormap-profile-name command. Parameters color-mapprofile-name Enter the color map profile name. The name can have a maximum of 32 characters.
PAGE 1385
Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display all DSCP color maps.
PAGE 1386
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 41 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes.
PAGE 1387
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the system routing table. Z9500 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1388
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes. trigger (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trigger to debug only RIP trigger extensions.
PAGE 1389
Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1390
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1391
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1392
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1393
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.29.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1394
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to filter only directly connected routes. ospf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1395
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1396
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip send version — sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1397
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1398
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Z9500 Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths.
PAGE 1399
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. Z9500 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1400
network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. Z9500 Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP network address in dotted decimal format. You cannot specify a subnet. Defaults No RIP network is configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1401
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. Z9500 Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1402
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor.
PAGE 1403
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. Z9500 Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1404
Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances. Z9500 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1405
redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance. Z9500 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to redistribute only IS-IS Level-1 routes.
PAGE 1406
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Z9500 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1407
router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Z9500 Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1408
show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1409
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1410
[50/2] via 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 [50/2] via 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 [50/2] via 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 208.250.42.0/24 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration. Z9500 Syntax show running-config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1411
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. Z9500 Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters Defaults update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1412
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you change the timers on one router, also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain. version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. Z9500 Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command.
PAGE 1413
Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1414
42 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1415
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
PAGE 1416
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1417
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1418
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] [owner name] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1419
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object.
PAGE 1420
there is no corresponding rising-threshold event, the value is zero. fallingthreshold value event-number Enter the keywords falling-threshold then the value (64 bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmFallingEventIndex or the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero.
PAGE 1421
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1422
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value.
PAGE 1423
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1424
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Dell# 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1425
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times.
PAGE 1426
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1427
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1428
Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1429
HC 64bytes packets: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6002
PAGE 1430
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 43 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority priority-value To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command.
PAGE 1431
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Z9500 Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
PAGE 1432
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree.
PAGE 1433
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Z9500 Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1434
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Z9500 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that the system waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1435
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Z9500 Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1436
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Z9500 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1437
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. Z9500 Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1438
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. Z9500 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1439
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example (Brief) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1440
Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1441
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Z9500 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1442
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.
PAGE 1443
switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Z9500 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1444
Security 44 This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Obscure Password Command • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1445
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1446
role Changes command permissions for roles. Syntax role mode { { { addrole | deleterole } role-name } | reset } command To delete access to a command, use the no role mode role-name Parameters mode Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: configure for CONFIGURATION mode exec for EXEC mode interface for INTERFACE modes line for LINE mode route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command.
PAGE 1447
Related Commands userrole show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax Parameters show role mode {mode} {command} command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. mode mode Enter keyword then one of the following modes.
PAGE 1448
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1449
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch.
PAGE 1450
aaa accounting Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting {system | exec | commands level | role rolename} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stop-only} {tacacs+} To disable AAA Accounting, use the no aaa accounting {system | exec | command level} {name | default}{start-stop | wait-start | stoponly} {tacacs+} command. Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration.
PAGE 1451
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1452
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Z9500 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1453
Parameters exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands {level | role role-name} Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list by enter the keyword role and then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
PAGE 1454
show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. Z9500 Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1455
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1456
Related Commands aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1457
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command.
PAGE 1458
aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands. Z9500 Syntax aaa authorization exec {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || if-authenticated || none} To disable authorization checking for EXEC level commands, use the no aaa authorization exec command. Parameters name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1459
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Z9500 Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1460
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines. Z9500 Syntax privilege level level To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command.
PAGE 1461
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscurepasswords command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1462
If you are using role-based access control (RBAC), only the system administrator and security administrator roles can enable the service obscure-password command. Related Commands show running-config— Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. service password-encryption— Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands.
PAGE 1463
Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1464
aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). Z9500 Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
PAGE 1465
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used.
PAGE 1466
access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Z9500 Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1467
enable password Change the password for the enable command. Z9500 Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1468
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1469
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1470
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command.
PAGE 1471
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.6.0.0 Revised introductory and usage guidelines description. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1472
password • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1473
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes][character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes] [characterrestriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
PAGE 1474
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1475
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security. When the passwords are encrypted, you cannot return them to plain text unless you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command.
PAGE 1476
Example Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15 Dell# Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1477
Example Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user.
PAGE 1478
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes.
PAGE 1479
• 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the password option only. • 5 to indicate that a password encrypted using an MD5 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the secret option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15.
PAGE 1480
Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. show running-config — views the current configuration. RADIUS Commands The Dell Networking OS supports the following RADIUS commands. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. Z9500 Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1481
To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1482
radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. Z9500 Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 1483
ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default port-number is 1812. retransmit retries (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword retransmit then a number as the number of attempts. This parameter overwrites the radius-server retransmit command. The range is from zero (0) to 100. The default is 3 attempts.
PAGE 1484
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To configure any number of RADIUS server hosts for each server host that is configured, use this command. The system searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software.
PAGE 1485
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1486
Defaults 3 retries Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1487
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication.
PAGE 1488
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. Z9500 Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command.
PAGE 1489
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. Z9500 Syntax Parameters tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host.
PAGE 1490
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times.
PAGE 1491
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1492
• The 802.1X with VLAN assignment feature is not supported on trunk ports, dynamic ports, or with dynamic-access port assignment through a VLAN membership. dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. Z9500 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1493
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1494
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface is moved to the authentication failed VLAN.
PAGE 1495
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Z9500 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1496
Related Commands dot1x auth-fail-vlan — configures a VLAN for authentication failures. dot1x reauthentication — enables periodic re-authentication. show dot1x interface — displays the 802.1X information on an interface. dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
PAGE 1497
Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1498
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client.
PAGE 1499
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Z9500 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 1500
Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1501
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. Z9500 Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds.
PAGE 1502
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. Z9500 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1503
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1504
crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. Z9500 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024.
PAGE 1505
Usage Information The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated. This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys. NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024>: 1024 Host key already exists.
PAGE 1506
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. Z9500 Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1507
Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1508
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication.
PAGE 1509
ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. Z9500 Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1510
ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1511
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable passwordauthentication for the SSH server. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1512
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
PAGE 1513
Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes. The default is 60 minutes volume rekeylimit Enter the keywords volume then the amount of volume in megabytes. The range is from 1 to 4096 to megabytes. The default is 1024 megabytes Defaults The default time is 60 minutes. The default volume is 1024 megabytes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1514
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
PAGE 1515
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication myauthorized-keys device://filename command).
PAGE 1516
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you want to log in without being prompted for a password, log in through RSA authentication. To do that, first add the SSHv2 RSA public keys to the list of authorized keys. This command adds the specified RSA keys to the following file: flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys-username (where username is the user associated with this terminal).
PAGE 1517
• aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr The default cipher list is used. mac hmacalgorithm • 3des-cbc • aes128-cbc • aes192-cbc • aes256-cbc • aes128-ctr • aes192-ctr • aes256-ctr Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication.
PAGE 1518
When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. When FIPS is not enabled, the default key-exchangealgorithms are the following: • diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 • diffie-hellman-group1-sha1, • diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22.
PAGE 1519
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22.
PAGE 1520
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1521
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1522
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1523
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/ knownhosts file. Example Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.
PAGE 1524
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.username file.
PAGE 1525
hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF Instance name to open an SSH connection to that instance. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
PAGE 1526
-v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2. The default is the version from the protocol negotiation. Defaults As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.
PAGE 1527
-p -v SSH server port option (default 22) SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -m hmac-sha1 Force ssh hmac-sha1-96 Force ssh hmac-md5 Force ssh hmac-md5-96 Force ssh ? to to to to use use use use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm hmac-sha1-96 HMAC algorithm hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm Dell#ssh vrf vrf1 10.10.10.
PAGE 1528
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Z9500 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1529
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping vlan — enables DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs.
PAGE 1530
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1531
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Z9500 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1532
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Z9500 Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1533
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLANs. NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping trust — configures an interface as trusted.
PAGE 1534
45 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1535
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces.
PAGE 1536
Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320. stp Enter the keyword stp to enable protocol tunneling on a spanning tree, including STP, MSTP, RSTP, and PVST. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1537
Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 1538
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced The system must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. Z9500 Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command.
PAGE 1539
Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration. show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN.
PAGE 1540
1004 1005 OAM,PAUSE E-LMI Te 1/7,Te 1/6 Te 1/7,Te 1/6 Example (Specific VLAN) Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# Related Commands show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1541
sFlow 46 sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1542
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Z9500 Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
PAGE 1543
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.
PAGE 1544
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.
PAGE 1545
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface.
PAGE 1546
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1547
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1548
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface.
PAGE 1549
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken.
PAGE 1550
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1551
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1552
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. Z9500 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show sflow linecard slot-id slot number • • Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1553
UDP packets exported via RPM UDP packets dropped Dell# sFlow :0 :0 1553
PAGE 1554
47 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1555
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Z9500 Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.
PAGE 1556
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Z9500 Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.
PAGE 1557
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1558
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1559
IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !----command run on Force10 switch:-----------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1560
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1561
Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list — configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. show running-config — displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults.
PAGE 1562
snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command. Parameters notificationtype notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the following list: • bgp — Enable notification of changes in the BGP process. • config — Enable notification of changes to startup or running configuration.
PAGE 1563
• authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for copy-config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1564
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udpport port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
PAGE 1565
Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest. This digest is based on both the password and the local Engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as required by RFC 2274.
PAGE 1566
auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet. read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.
PAGE 1567
Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# Related Commands show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1568
• Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
PAGE 1569
Defaults As above. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1570
NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmpserver host command. Configuring Informs To send an inform, use the following steps: Related Commands 1. Configure a remote engine ID. 2. Configure a remote user. 3. Configure a group for this user with access rights.
PAGE 1571
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted.
PAGE 1572
snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1573
snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
PAGE 1574
md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level. • md5 — Message Digest Algorithm • sha — Secure Hash Algorithm auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords priv to initiate a privacy authentication level setting.
PAGE 1575
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1576
snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. Z9500 Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oidtree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1577
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Z9500 Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1578
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1579
default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. Z9500 Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1580
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Z9500 Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1581
Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1582
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added udp and tcp keywords for the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1583
critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes. Defaults level = 7; size = 40960 bytes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1584
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1585
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role.
PAGE 1586
• local7 (local use) • lpr (line printer system) • mail (mail system) • news (USENET news) • sys9 (system use) • sys10 (system use) • sys11 (system use) • sys12 (system use) • sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1587
logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). Z9500 Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4 or warnings.
PAGE 1588
To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters size Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is from 0 to 500. The default is 1 message. Defaults 1 message Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1589
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1590
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you use the no logging on command, messages are logged only to the console. Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server. logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters for the terminal connections.
PAGE 1591
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1592
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1593
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1594
The following describes the two supported log messages formats: Example • 0 – Displays syslog messages format as described in RFC 3164, The BSD syslog Protocol • 1 – Displays SYSLOG message format as described in RFC 5424, The Syslog Protocol Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
PAGE 1595
Example (Partial) Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 97 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 172.16.1.162 Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Feb 18 01:17:32: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.
PAGE 1596
AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:42:38: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1597
Parameters defaults Command Modes Command History cp Enter the keyword cp to display the driver log for the Control Processor on the switch. rp Enter the keyword cp to display the driver log for the Route Processor on the switch. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card ports for which you want to display the driver log. The range of line-card slot IDs is from 0 to 2. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1598
3:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ Usage Information 40]SS DRV DEBUG: port:4 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:8 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:12 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:16 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:20 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:24 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:28 isfanout:0 35]SS DRV DEBUG: port:32 isfanout:0 This command displays internal software drive
PAGE 1599
00:00:02:655656:pca9555x3:pca9555_write: iic_smbus_write_byte failed addr=0x20 cmd_reg=0x8 rv=5 00:00:02:656982:pca9555x3:pca9555_write: iic_smbus_write_byte failed addr=0x20 cmd_reg=0x9 rv=5 00:00:02:659597:pca9555x3:pca9555_write: iic_smbus_write_byte failed addr=0x20 cmd_reg=0xf rv=5 00:00:43:418634:PCI unit 0: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418655:PCI unit 1: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03, Chip BCM56852_A2, Driver BCM56850_A0 00:00:43:418671:PCI unit 2: Dev 0xb852, Rev 0x03,
PAGE 1600
iic at : 16 1d 02:26:50:156237:qsfp-2 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 15 1d 02:26:50:163966:qsfp-3 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 14 1d 02:26:50:179846:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 24 1d 02:26:50:187498:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 1d 02:26:50:202989:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 18 1d 02:28:50:440146:qsfp-0 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 17 1d 02:28:50:447933:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at
PAGE 1601
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1602
48 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating system. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1603
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %SYSTEM-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OI
PAGE 1604
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temper
PAGE 1605
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray are good TME_TASK_SUSPEND %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold.
PAGE 1606
49 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported). • An INTERFACE-level command only supports storm control configuration on ingress.
PAGE 1607
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1608
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1609
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1610
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only. Layer 2 broadcast traffic is treated as unknown-unicast traffic.
PAGE 1611
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only.
PAGE 1612
some multicast control traffic may get dropped when storm control thresholds are exceeded. storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. Z9500 Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command.
PAGE 1613
To disable storm control for unknown-unicast traffic, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1614
Parameters percentage decimal_value [in | out] E-Series Only: Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The percentage is from 0 to 100: • 0% blocks all related traffic. • 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wredprofile followed by the profile name to designate a wredprofile.
PAGE 1615
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 50 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. Z9500 Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [xstp | gvrp] provider-bridgegroup xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs.
PAGE 1616
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1617
To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information.
PAGE 1618
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Z9500 Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1619
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1620
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1621
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge.
PAGE 1622
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1623
Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display.
PAGE 1624
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1625
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example.
PAGE 1626
Example Field Description “Designated port...” Displays the designated port ID. Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1627
-------------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- -----------------Te 1/1 8.26 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.26 Te 1/2 8.27 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.27 Te 1/3 8.28 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.28 Dell# Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance.
PAGE 1628
portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. Enter the optional keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a number as the priority. The range is from zero (0) to 15. The default is 8.
PAGE 1629
STP loop guard and root guard are supported on a port or port-channel enabled in any Spanning Tree mode: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). Root guard is supported on any STP-enabled port or port-channel except when used as a stacking port. When enabled on a port, root guard applies to all VLANs configured on the port. STP root guard and loop guard cannot be enabled at the same time on a port.
PAGE 1630
System Time and Date 51 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clock set Set the software clock in the switch.
PAGE 1631
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up. The clock restarts, based on the hardware clock, when the switch reboots.
PAGE 1632
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1633
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters System Time and Date time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
PAGE 1634
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1635
• a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1636
all Enter the keyword all to display information on all NTP transactions. authentication Enter the keyword authentication to display information on NTP authentication transactions. events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection.
PAGE 1637
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
PAGE 1638
7 Specify that the authentication key is entered in DES encrypted format. key Enter the authentication key in the previously specified format. Defaults NTP authentication is not configured by default. If you do not specify the option [0 | 7], 0 is selected by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1639
ntp broadcast client Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. Z9500 Syntax ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, use the no ntp broadcast client command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1640
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp multicast client To receive NTP information from the network via multicast, configure the switch.
PAGE 1641
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp master Configure an NTP master and peers. Syntax Parameters ntp master ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1642
hostname Enter the hostname of the server. key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. prefer (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefer to indicate that this peer has priority over other servers. version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1643
ntp source Specify an interface’s IP address to be included in the NTP packets. Z9500 Syntax ntp source interface To delete the configuration, use the no ntp source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword lag then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1644
ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes. Z9500 Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1645
Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1646
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1646 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1647
Field Description offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer’s clock to the switch clock (in milliseconds). disp Displays the dispersion. Example Dell#show ntp associations remote ref clock st when poll reach delay offset disp ============================================================= 10.10.120.5 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 *172.16.1.33 127.127.1.0 11 6 16 377 -0.08 -1499.9 104.16 172.31.1.33 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 192.200.0.2 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.
PAGE 1648
show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Z9500 Syntax show ntp status Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1648 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1649
Example Dell#sh ntp status Clock is synchronized, stratum 2, reference is 100.10.10.10 frequency is -32.000 ppm, stability is 15.156 ppm, precision is 4294967290 reference time is BC242FD5.C7C5C000 (10:15:49.780 UTC Mon Jan 10 2000) clock offset is clock offset msec, root delay is 0.01656 sec root dispersion is 0.39694 sec, peer dispersion is peer dispersion msec peer mode is client Dell# Related Commands show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations.
PAGE 1650
52 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Z9500 Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type slot/port} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command.
PAGE 1651
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface status is not changed to operationally up until the logical IP address is identified from the address family. ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and specify the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1652
tunnel allow-remote Configure the remote IPv4 or IPv6 addresses whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation. If you do not configure an allow-remote address, tunneled packets from all remote peer addresses are accepted. Z9500 Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry, enter the no tunnel allow-remote command and specify a configured IPv4/IPv6 address and mask value.
PAGE 1653
tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. Z9500 Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel. ipv6-address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1654
Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP to the IPv4 DCSP\IPv6 traffic class. This option copies the IPv6 traffic class/IPv4 DSCP in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63. The default value of 0 denotes mapped traffic. Defaults 0 (Mapped using IPv6 traffic) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1655
Defaults 0 (Mapped using original packet flow-label value to the tunnel header flow-label value.) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1656
Usage Information A value of 0 copies the inner packet hop limit (IPv6) or time-to-live (IPv4) in the encapsulated packet to the tunnel header hop limit value. tunnel mode Enable a tunnel interface. Z9500 Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip} To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel.
PAGE 1657
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. Z9500 Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber } To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6-address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1658
address on the selected interface. To change the selected address, reload or recreate the tunnel or remove the selected address from the interface.
PAGE 1659
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 53 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1660
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1661
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters description text text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 1662
downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. Z9500 Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1663
You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplinkstate group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. Related Commands • upstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1664
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Z9500 Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
PAGE 1665
enable Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific UFD group. Z9500 Syntax enable To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command. Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1666
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1667
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1668
Related Commands • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. • uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. Z9500 Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command.
PAGE 1669
To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, use the no enable command in uplink-state-group configuration mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#uplink-state-group 16 Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)#Dec 3 00:46:45: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed uplink state group Admin state to up: Group 16 • show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
PAGE 1670
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
PAGE 1671
VLAN Stacking 54 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1672
member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. Z9500 Syntax member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1673
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1674
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1675
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. Z9500 Syntax Parameters vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1676
Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1677
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Z9500 Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlanstack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1678
In Example 2, the tag protocol identifier (TPID) is set to 8848. The “Te 2/10” port is configured to act as a VLAN-Stack access port, while the “Te 1/0” port acts as a VLAN-Stack trunk port, switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10, while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40. (To allow VLAN 30 traffic, the native VLAN feature is required, by executing the portmode hybrid command. Refer to portmode hybrid in Interfaces.
PAGE 1679
Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1679
PAGE 1680
55 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1681
Parameters ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1682
igmp-snoop Clear the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1683
peer-link is restored between VLT peer switches. The range from 1 to 1200. The default is 90 seconds. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1684
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1685
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. Z9500 Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1686
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1687
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) ntroduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4.
PAGE 1688
primary-priority Assign the priority for master election among VLT peers. Z9500 Syntax Parameters [no] primary-priority value To configure the primary role on a VLT peer, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535. Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1689
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1690
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1691
Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1692
Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Z9500 Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1693
show vlt inconsistency Display run-time inconsistencies in the incoming interface (IIF) for spanned multicast routes. Z9500 Syntax show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1694
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1695
Status field denotes the type of the VLAN port of the VLTi link configured in a PVLAN. Example Dell#show vlt private-vlan vlan-id Codes: C- Community, I – Isolated, V – Internally tagged, T – tagged, * - VLT Pvlan Primary Secondary ICL Status 10 V (*) 20(C) V 30 (I) V 40 50(C) 60 (I) T T T show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device.
PAGE 1696
Dell_VLTpeer2# show vlt role VLT Role ---------VLT Role: System MAC address: System Role Priority: Local System MAC address: Local System Role Priority: Secondary 00:01:e8:8a:df:bc 32768 00:01:e8:8a:df:e6 32768 show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast.
PAGE 1697
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. Example NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
PAGE 1698
NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:16 NDP NA VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:46 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts sent:0 NDP NA Non-VLT Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 Ndp-sync Pkts Sent:144 Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Z9500 Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1699
system-mac Reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain. Z9500 Syntax Parameters system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1700
Parameters 0|1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch. Enter 0 for the first peer or enter 1 for the second peer. Defaults Automatically assigned based on the MAC address of each VLT peer. The peer with the lower MAC address is assigned unit 0; the peer with the higher MAC address is assigned unit 1. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1701
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 1702
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1703
VLT Proxy Gateway 56 You can configure a proxy gateway in VLT domains. A proxy gateway enables you to locally route the packets that are destined to a L3 endpoint in another VLT domain. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1704
proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway Z9500 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
PAGE 1705
Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the remote MAC address of the VLT peer to be associated with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for a static VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1706
Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the port channel interface that must be associated with the LLDP proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for an LLDP proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1707
vlt-peer-mac transmit Configures a peer to sent its VLT peer's MAC address along with its LLDP TLV. Z9500 Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1708
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. At any point of time the proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for the following reasons, 1) LLDP globally disabled 2) LLDP disabled per port 3) VLT port-channel is down 5) LLDP neighbor down So, the proxy-gateway feature could be operationally down though properly configured and this will be reported in the “show command”.
PAGE 1709
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 57 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Z9500 Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1710
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers.
PAGE 1711
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used. clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations.
PAGE 1712
debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. Z9500 Syntax debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp interface [vrrp-id] {all | bfd | database | interface | ipv6 | packets | state | timer} command. Parameters 1712 interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information • For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number.
PAGE 1713
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.
PAGE 1714
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1715
To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. centisecs centisecs Enter the keyword centisecs then the number of centisecs in units of 25 centisecs . The range is from 0 to 65525 in units of 25 centisecs. Defaults zero (0) seconds or or (0) centiseconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1716
Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1717
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255.
PAGE 1718
Example Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the system returns No Active VRRP group. Z9500 Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id] [interface] [brief][ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1719
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command shown in the following example. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface.
PAGE 1720
Usage Information The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Item Description TenGigabitEthern et 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available) • master (MASTER virtual router) • backup (BACKUP virtual router) the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER.
PAGE 1721
State: Master, Priority: 105, Master: 10.1.1.253 (local) Hold Down: 0 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.
PAGE 1722
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. You can use the version both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3. When you set the VRRP protocol version to both, the switch sends only VRRPv3 advertisements but can receive either VRRPv2 or VRRPv3 packets. To migrate an IPv4 VRRP group from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3: 1. Set the switches with the lowest priority to “both”. 2. Set the switch with the highest priority to version to 3. 3.
PAGE 1723
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1724
Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling.
PAGE 1725
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1726
Related Command virtual-address — assigns up to 12 virtual IP addresses per VRRP group. IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1727
Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1728
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
PAGE 1729
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1730
Line Beginning with Description • Example Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Tracking states... Displays information on the tracked interfaces or objects configured for a VRRP group (track command), including: • UP or DOWN state of the tracked interface or object (Up or Dn).
PAGE 1731
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.